• • • • •
CATALOGUE ISSUE
VOLUME 68 NUMBER 1

• • •
,,,,.

HAROLD E. KEMPER

Registrar and Director or AdmissiotJS
Ca lifo n "! ia S~ate College ,,.,.,--California , Pe.nnsylvania
.. ,_,,~.;o::~;:~
0

(...

CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE
California, Pennsylvania

Calendar 1963-1964
FALL TRIMESTER
Registration ...... . .... . ... . .... .. Monday, September 30, 1963
Registration and Classes .. . . . . .. .. .... Tuesday, October 1, 1963
Thanksgiving Recess Begins ... ..... Thursday, November 28, 1963
Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8: 00 A. M. . ................. . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, December 2, 1963
Christmas Recess Begins . ...... . .. . Saturday, December 21, 1963
Christmas Recess Ends 8: 00 A. M . .. .. . Thursday, January 2, 1964
Winter Commencement .. .. . . . . . . . .. Saturday, January 25, 1964
Trimester Ends ...... .. ... . ...... . Wednesday, January 29, 1964

SPRING TRIMESTER
Registration ..... . .... . .... .. ... .. . Thursday, February 6, 1964
Registration and Classes . ... . .. . ... .. .. Friday, February 7, 1964
Spring-Easter Recess Begins . . ....... . . Thursday, March 26, 1964
Spring-Easter Recess Ends 8:00 A. M ... . . Monday, March 30, 1964
Spring Commencement .. . . . . . .... . ..... Saturday, May 23, 1964
Trimester Ends .... .............. .. .... . . Friday, May 29, 1964

1963-1965

BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE
PROGRAMS

• • • • •
CATALOGUE ISSUE
VOLUME 68 NUMBER 1

• • •

CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE
California, Pennsylvania ,

' 11111111

THIS COLLEGE IS A MEMBER
OF THE
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES
AND IS FULLY ACCREDITED BY
THE MIDDLE STATE ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES
AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS
AND
THE NATIONAL COUNCIL
FOR THE ACCREDITATION OF TEACHER EDUCATION

Contents
CALENDAR -

I.

1963-1964 ... ... .. . . .. ... . .. . . Inside

Front Cover

5

CALIFORNIA TODAY .. .. .. . . .

THE CALIFORNIA STUDENT .. . ..

17

III.

ENTRANCE TO CALIFORNIA

29

IV.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

45

COURSE OFFERINGS

77

II.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII .

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES .. . . .

... . 127

.. . . .. . .. . . . . . . ... .. • . . . . . . ... ... . . . .

145

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

159

DIRECTORY

3

TOMORROW IS NOW: "Have we
been honest enough to make clear to
our young people that we could not, if
we would, provide the specific education that would equip them for the
coming world, whose face no one
knows? Have we told them bluntly
that the best we can do is give them
skills, to train the mind so that it becomes a flexible tool, to provide techniques for learning and for finding information, that will work to solve new
problems?"
Quoted from MRS. ELEANOR ROOSEVELT

4

I. California Today
THE COLLEGE

OBJECTIVES

THE CAMPUS

The College
The California State College is a state supported institution established and maintained to help provide the schools of Pennsylvania
with well trained, competent teachers, as well as to provide a liberal
education for those not planning to teach. The program for teachers provides the student with a background in general education that
is characteristic of educated men and women everywhere, a thorough training in the selected area of specialization and well designed
courses in professional education. In addition, the college offers a
variety of co-curricular activities of a social-cultural-academic nature designed to provide the student with the opportunity to develop
his potentialities as an individual.
To these ends the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
has provided the buildings, the professional and the non-professional
staff through many years of legislative support. The several fees
p aid by students represent only a portion of the cost of operating the
college. Public support is the p rimary source of the college's funds.
As a result of its financial interest, the Commonwealth
has established control of the state colleges through the Department
of Public Instruction. Since there are fourteen such institutions the
D epartment and the Board of College Presidents coordinate certain
activities common to all state controlled schools. In addition, each
school h as a Board of Trustees which assists the President in administration. Other supervision and control comes from such state agencies as the State Board of Education, the Auditor General, the D epartment of Property and Supplies and the General State Authority.
Each state college has the support of many vital agencies whose resources may be utilized at any time.
The curricula at California are established in broad
outline by the D epartment of Public Instruction by means of its several councils and study groups. The special curricula are assigned
to each college with California being assigned Industrial Arts, Atypi6

cal Education, Elementary, Secondary Education and Liberal Arts.
Students may elect to specialize in any of these areas or their subdivisions. Other state colleges offer additional specializations.

In order that additional study opportunities might be
made available the college sponsors Summer Tours which make
available low cost travel-study trips for interested persons.
Another constantly expanding feature of the state college is its in-service program for teachers in the service area. Under
the leadership of its several departments, the college sponsors evening programs for college students and experienced teachers wherein
exchanges of experiences result in a more effective college program
and a stimulated public school program.
The faculty at California represents a geographic
cross-section of the United States, a long list of colleges and universities, and many years of graduate training. In addition to instruction and extra-curricular activities, many members of the staff are
engaged in writing and research in their field of interest.
Additional information on the faculty, administrative
procedures, curriculum and student life are to be found in the appropriate division of the California Bulletin.
The California State College has h ad a history of continuous growth in stature, size and influence since its early days as an
academy. Founded by the public spirited citizens of the borough in
1852 it became a normal school under a state charter and in 1914
was acquired by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and thus became a state owned institution.

In 1928, the State Council of Education granted to
the college the right to offer a four-year curriculum in elementary
and secondary education. In 1929, the school became the State
T eachers College and has graduated students with the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Education since that time. In 1959, the State
Legislature voter to delete the word T eachers from the school's title
and, as a result, all of the fourteen state teachers colleges are now
state colleges. California is now known as California State College.
The present prospects for future growth are exceptional. The college enrollment in 1962-63 was 2740 and a special
program for teachers-in-service attracted more than 220 part-time
students.
7

A program of graduate education, initiated in 1961,
leads to the degree of Master of Education and has approximately
180 students currently enrolled. In addition, a series of workshops
and conferences provide in-service training and professional stimulation for the college service area consisting of Washington, Fayette,
Greene and Somerset Counties.
A Liberal Arts curriculum was approved and classes
started in September 1962.
The college is located at California, Pennsylvania; a
community of 7,500 persons located on the Monongahela River, 35
miles south of Pittsburgh; 16 miles from Uniontown; 25 miles from
Washington, Pennsylvania; and 25 miles from Waynesburg. The
college can be most easily reached over U. S. Route 40 which comes
within four miles of California at Malden or over Pennsylvania
Route 88. From the eastern part of the state Interstate Route 70-S
connecting with the Pennsylvania Turnpike at New Stanton offers
easy access to Route 88 at Speers ( near Charleroi).
The community is within easy reach of the lower
Monongahela steel and coal producing region and is served by several bus lines. A network of secondary roads provide transportation
for a large commuting population.

8

Objectives of the College
California recognizes that an educated person must have a background of general knowledge, a mastery of his area of specialization, and adequate professional training. The California program
of teacher education is designed to provide this training through
its competent faculty and a revised curricular and co-curricular
program.
To secure these goals the faculty and administrative
staff, after long and free discussion, have adopted the following resolution:
The primary purpose for maintaining California State
College, is to educate people for the teaching profession. To accomplish this goal we seek:
To provide the opportunity for a general education in
those areas necessary to help students become responsible citizens and capable leaders in a democratic society.
To develop their intellectual, social, physical, cultural,
spiritual, and aesthetic potentialities.
To prep are students for teaching by requiring a mastery of professional knowledge and skills essential to
all teaching and special proficiency in their areas of
specialization.
To lead the student to develop a deep and abiding
commitment to the concepts, methods, and procedures
of a democratic society.
To help the student become a creative person capable
of making critical judgments based upon knowledge
and reason.
A secondary purpose of the college and faculty is to
encourage the teaching profession to gain strength, prestige, and
9

standards through research, faculty professional activities and continued evaluation.
To summarize: In educating a student at California
State College, our goal is to h elp in th e development of a person who
will be generally educated, professionally oriented, creative, critical,
and loyal.
Students come to Califo rnia to become teach ers and in
addition to the standards established by the Admissions Committee,
should possess a love of learning and a spirit of inquiry that will
enable them to formulate questions, seek the solutions to such
questions and join with enthusiasm as others seek to achieve similar
goals.

TEACHER ED UCA TION
CURRICULA
The program for the training of teachers at California is not greatly
different from any good program of higher education . It incorporates the aims of a broad liberal education, the techniques of professional education and the academic training in depth that is required
for success in any field of endeavor.
Instruction at California is planned to h elp each student to acquire the ability to communicate with oth ers, to understand himself and his relationship to others, to appreciate the m eaning of his historic past, to relate himself to the scientific world in
which he lives and to develop aesthetically. The general education
program is meant to be a quality program which will open the way
to an interest in things intellectual which will p ermit the student to
continue to learn from study and experience long after gradua tion.
Professional education courses are meant to be the
m eans whereby the prospective teach er, through a combination of
lecture, discussion, and experience develops th e techniques for transmitting the concepts and information h e acquires to the student h e
later teaches. Since individual differences are so great and since
learning takes place under a variety of handicaps and/ or motivations, the good teacher is one who knows something of the above and
adjusts to them to the mutual advantage of student and pupil.
10

The academic disciplines or other areas of specialization provide California students with education in depth. It is the
ambition of each department to provide training that will serve as
a firm foundation for teaching, future study, or additional indep endent achievement. The completion of a college education does not
provide the student with all of the answers but only with the insight by which he continues the search.
Briefly, work at California consists of three inter-related groups of courses: the basic or general education courses, the professional or "education" courses, and the specialized courses. Together they help to equip students with the breadth of knowledge,
the power of understanding, and the analytical ability to become
able members of the profession a nd worthy citizens.

LIBERAL AR TS AND
THE COLLEGE
Living in the 20th Century calls for toleration, understanding, imagination, empathy, breadth of comprehension, self-discipline - the
traditional attributes of the liberally educated man. A cultural
program designed to foster these qualities will prepare the student
both for enriched p ersonal exp erience and world citizenship. The
liberal arts program is designed to develop in students the capacity
to understand, to make sound judgments, to communicate effectively, to grow aesthetically and to prepare for intelligent and effective
participation in the family, community, national and international
order.
Accomplishment of these aims is sought by h elping
the student to :
( 1) foster a continuing intellectual curiosity.
(2) develop an ability to think accurately on the basis
of evidence.
( 3) strengthen the skills fo r effective communication.
( 4) apprecia te other cultures through competence in
their languages.
( 5 ) increase the awareness of beauty through opportunities for achievement in one or more of the creative arts.
11

(6 ) develop a satisfactory code of p ersonal behavior.
( 7) improve and maintain mental and physical
health.
(8) understand man's relationship to the total environment, both physical and cultural - to establish a concept of
man's place in the universe and to encourage his emergence as an
enlightened social being.
(9 ) apply these objectives to a field of specialization
through depth of scholarship as well as to the broad fields of human
knowledge.

GR ADU ATE STUDIES
California State College offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with specialization in Elementary Education and Industrial Arts Education.
The program is available to qualified teachers-in-service and other graduate students who meet the standards approved
by the college and the State Council of Education. Graduate work
is offered during evenings and on Saturdays during each regular
session. Graduate work is also offered during the summer sessions.
Graduate work at California is especially designed for
the classroom teacher and includes classroom, laboratory, clinical
and research exp erience that will add breadth and depth to the
preparation of the teacher. The program for each p erson admitted
to the graduate school will be p lanned in cooperation with the advisor and the graduate council and will be based upon the previous
training and experience of the student. The graduate degree is
meant to be a meaningful program for the classroom teacher and
will be custom made for each individual candidate.
Additional information including a listing of all the
requirements will be found in the Bulletin of the Graduate School.

12

The Campus, Buildings
Nineteen buildings are arranged in a quadrangle on a campus of
40 acres. The entire campus has been laid out by a landscape architect, with hedges, shade trees, flower plots, and shrubbery. Many
uncommon plants and trees are included in the collection, which besides adding beauty to the campus, offers a valuable laboratory for
students in the biological sciences. Large scale improvements and
additions to the campus plantings have been made recently.

Main Hall, the oldest building on the campus, was
first used in 1870. The administrative offices, and a number of classrooms are located in this building. The Audio Visual Center is located in this building.
North Hall, built in 1874, serves as a women's dormitory. The Colonial Room and College Infirmary are on the first
floor, as well as the offices housing Guidance, Curriculum, Student
Teaching, Graduate School and Placement. The ground floo r
houses the rooms for the commuting women.
South Hall, built in 1876, has been completely remodeled into classrooms and offices. The President's residence occupies the front portion of this building.
Dixon Hall, built in 1907, in addition to serving as a
women's dormitory includes the Georgian Dining Room. The
ground floor houses the Day Men's Room.
Science Hall, old, which was built in 1892 and remodeled in 1938, is now used for classrooms.
The Noss Laboratory School, built in 1930, is a center for student teaching, including observation and demonstration
work. A special Education annex has recently been added.
The Industrial Arts Building, opened for use in 1939,
is on the east campus. This building is one of the best planned and
13

most complete of its kind in the country. It provides laboratories,
classrooms, offices, storage rooms, and shop facilities for printing,
woodwork, painting, machine shop, sheet metal, forging, welding,
auto mechanics, electricity, and ceramics.

H erron Hall, facing Third Street, is the college gymnasium. The first floor includes a classroom, a play room, and locker
rooms for men and women; on the second floor are a large gymnasium and four classrooms. The central portion was built in 1930;
the classroom wings were added in 1932 ; and the east wing in 1939.
It contains one of the best swimming pools in Western Pennsylvania.
The glazed tile pool is illuminated indirectly by disk-shaped chandeliers, as well as by underwater lights. The tank, with a sloping
tiled bottom and permanent black swimming lanes, is 75 feet long
and 25 feet wide.
Vulcan Hall, immediately behind the main building
was built in 1892 as a gymnasium. The upper floor of Vulcan Hall
now houses the Student Lounge. The decorations and equipment
of modern design were planned and executed largely by the Industrial Arts D epartment. The room is unique for its use of bright
color in the furnishings and decorations. A large mural depicting
student life on the campus was designed and painted by a former
student. The student-owned Snack Bar occupies a part of the ground
floor.
Johnson Hall, located on Hickory Street, near the
athletic field, the gymnasium, and the Industrial Arts Building,
houses 125 men. It includes an apartment for the Dean of Men,
beautiful lounges, recreation and service rooms. The building is
fireproof and modern in every respect ; the furnishings throughout
are entirely new. It was first occupied, September, 1952.
The Rob ert M cCurdy Steele Auditorium, a building
named in honor of a former president, is located along Third Street
on the eastern edge of the campus and has auditorium facilities for
900 persons. The building was dedicated in October, 1953. There
is adequate parking space adjacent to the building.

College Book Store, occupies a structure in the center
of the campus near the Snack Bar. T ext Books and students supplies are available in this n ewly renovated building.
The new J. Albert R eed Library houses 50,000 volumes in conjunction with study lounge facilities for recreational read14

ing, seminar space, exhibit areas, and a classroom for the teaching
of library techniques. An adequate annual budget maintains microfilms and microcard collections; a spoken-word record collection,
to which operatic and symphonic albums are being added; and an
open-stack periodical room with individual study carrels to encourage concentrated and independent student effort. Five professional
librarians interpret the collection to the campus and account for
substantial increases in holdings each year, particularly in the field
of Slavic studies. Through service and through facilities, the library
seeks to anticipate and to satisfy the demands of higher enrollment
and of expanded curriculums.

N ew Science, a new and modern Science Building
completed in 1961 and now serves the needs of the college. Wellplanned chemistry, physics, biological science and elementary school
science laboratories serves as the basis for an expanding science program.
Binns Hall, a modern, attractive dormitory for women,
opened in the fall of 1963, is located on the northern edge of the
campus.
M cCloskey Hall, a modern, convenient dormitory for
men is adjacent to Johnson Hall and the recreational area.
N ew Building. The projected building program is indicated on the campus map.

15

DOORWAYS
TO
ED CATIO
The Campus

page

i

J.

page

it

M cClosk ey Hall -

p age

iii

Binns Hall -

page

iv

Science Hall

Albert Reed Library
a new dormitory for men

a new dormitory for women

page v

Industrial Arts

page

Robert M cC urd y Stee le Auditorium

VI

page vii

Johnson Hall -

page viii

H erron Hall -

page

Th eodore B. Noss L abora tory School

IX

page x

Dixon H a ll -

page

O ld Main -

XI

residence ha ll for men
physical education

Dining hall and women' s residence
a campus la ndmark since 1865

page xii

Special Education H all

page xiii

Social Studies

page xiv

Historical hi ghway marker

page

page ii

page iii

page zv

.

,..

page v

page vi

page vii

;pq

'Ill

Ill
Ill

Page viii

.......,..

---=
........
--==--·

•

iaT.-•

I
~~
.,I

f

I

II II

,.

--==-=
---=

•
•

-

II II ,, ..•• •
--u--•-·
11.. 11~ ==--·
llttll - ---·
,11 II
' 1;

I

I

·------

page i.\

page x

page xi

page xii

page xiii

page xiu

II. The California Student.
HOUSING

COMMUTER HEADQUARTERS

HEALTH SERVICES

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

SOCIAL LIFE

COMMUNITY CHURCHES

Housing
GENERAL HOUSING POLICY
College policy is designed to provide safe, comfortable housing for
students in an atmosphere conducive to serious study, personal
growth, and congenial student relationships under competent adult
supervision.
HOUSING FACILITIES
D ormitories fM M en

Johnson Hall (1952 ) provides comfortable living quarters for 123
men. A completely modem dormitory, McCloskey Hall, housing
200 men will open in October, 1963.
Dormitories for Wom en

North, Dixon, and Binns H alls, located on campus, provide safe and
comfortable quarters for about 400 women. North and Dixon Halls
have recently been redecorated and re-furnished. Binns Hall, a fully
equipped modem dormitory, will open in O ctober, 1963.
Fleck Hotel, privately owned and recently re-conditioned, and the New Green Street private dormitory are located
about three blocks from campus. These units house about 150 women.
DORMITORY ASSIGNMENTS
AND SUPERVISION
All vacancies in college operated or supervised dormitories must
be filled before non-commuting students are given p ermission to live
in the community.
Assignments to dormitories are made by the Personnel
Deans; supervision is provided by members of the Student Personnel
Staff.
18

Beginning June, 1963, all resident women (including
student teachers ) will be housed in college supervised dormitories,
or supervised sorority houses. Dormitories directly controlled by the
college will be filled first. After these dormitories are filled, women
will be assigned to privately owned college supervised dormitories.
Assignments will be made according to the date the student was
accepted by the college.
All entering resident freshman m en must accept assignment to college operated and supervised dormitories and to the
college dining room as a condition of admission. Beginning October,
1963, all second semester resident freshman m en must accept the
same typ e of assignment.
Sophomore resident men will be assigned to college
dormitories so long as space is available. Junior and Senior resident
men may apply for dormitory housing and will be assigned as sp ace
permits.

ACCOMMODATIONS IN THE
COMMUNITY

Private homes, apartments, and fraternity houses in the community
accommodate several hundred male upp erclassmen. M en who live
in the community are required to find their own housing. Students
and their parents should enter into housing agreements with the
householder. Agreements should be in writing, and be sign ed by the
householder, the student and his parents. The college cannot be a
p arty to community housing agreements and will not becom e involved in disputes arising from them. However, the college reserves the
right to take appropriate action in cases of serious violation of law
or college regulations, or if living conditions imperil student h ealth
or safety. R entals for rooms in town should not exceed the official
dormitory rate for similar accommodations. R ates for single rooms
or for units with cooking facilities will be slightly high er.
A community Housing Directory is available in the
office of the D ean of M en. Students please note that directory listings does not indicate or imply college approval.
19

METHOD OF PAYMENT OF
HOUSING FEES
Dormitory and non-dormitory resident students.
Students who live in Dixon, North, Johnson, Binns or McCloskey
Halls will add the amount of their Housing Fee ($272 .00 p er trimester) to the amount of their Enrollment Fee and write one check
for the total payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Students who live in the Fleck or Green Street dormitories will pay their room rent ($1 28.00 p er trimester directly to
the owner of the dormitory. The amount of their boarding fee
($ 144.00 per trimester) is to be added to the amount of the Enrollment Fee and written in one check to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Students living in homes in town and taking their
meals in the college dining room will pay their room rent directly
to their landlord. The amount of their boarding fee ($144.00 per
trimester) is to be added to the Enrollment Fee and paid in one
check to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

DINING ROOM POLICY
For Dormitory Students
R esidents of all college operated or supervised dormitories are required to board in the college dining room.
For Non-Dormitory Students
Students living in town may request ~signments to the Dining
Room. Such assignments can be terminated only at the conclusion
of a quarter. Students, in any category, who take their meals in the
Dining R oom are subject to all dining room regulations.
Non-dormitory students who withdraw from the dining room at any time except the end of a trimester must call at the
office of the D ean of M en or Women on or before Wednesday of the
week of withdrawal to receive official withdrawal forms. Unless this
procedure is followed, dining room charges will continue and must
be paid by the student.
20

CANCELLATIONS
Students who apply for and are assigned housing in dormitories and
enter college but do not honor their housing commitments, will
thereafter be ineligible to apply to any housing facilities controlled
by the college.
CONDITIONS OF WITHDRAWAL
FROM HOUSING FACILITIES
When a student accepts a housing assignment in the dormitory, he
enters into a contract for one trimester. Withdrawals from the dormitory during a trimester are p ermitted only for exceptionally urgent reasons, accident, critical family circumstances are considered
exceptionally urgent reasons. (Requests to commute, live in town or
in a fraternity house are not considered urgent reasons. ) Credit for
the unused portion of the housing fee will be given only in exceptional cases as listed above, or in case the withdrawing student can
be replaced immediately. Requests for credit or refunds must be addressed in writing to the President of the College to be submitted to
the Board of Trustees for approval. Credit will not be given or refunds made in any other cases.
CLOSING OF DORMITORIES
Students are not permitted to remain in dormitories when classes
are not in session.
HOUSEKEEPING
Each resident is responsible for keeping his own room clean and
neat. All residents are expected to cooperate in keeping stairs, halls,
lobbies, lounges, and the areas surrounding dormitories free of trash
and litter.
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT
A student may be expelled from, or refused admission to college dormitories if his conduct in the dormitory or on campus is deemed unsatisfactory. Off-campus residents are expected to maintain a standard of behavior that will be a credit to them and to the college.
21

Complete information about the rules and regulations
that govern dormitory students may be obtained from the D ean of
M en or the D ean of Women. The Vulcan, the student handbook
which is issued annually a nd given to each student upon registration, contains detailed information concerning activities and organizations.
DAMAGE
R esidents jointly are responsible for the condition and the care of
their rooms, equipment and furnishings. Charges for damage beyond usual wear and tear will be assessed against occupants jointly,
unless personal negligence can be proved. Charges fo r damages to a
corridor or other public area will be assessed against all residents of
tha t floor or area. All damage charges must be paid before offenders
receive grades, credits, or clearance to register fo r the next trimester.

SAFETY
Residents may have radios in their rooms. Other appliances must be
used exclusively in the areas provided for them. Accumulations of
waste paper or other litter, inflammable liquids, the keeping of firearms, smoking in posted areas, keeping of p ets, are prohibited as fire,
health and safety h azards. R owdy behavior is prohibited as a major
cause of p ersonal injury or damage to property.

COMMUTER HEADQUARTERS
A Snack Bar and limited lounging and recreation space for commuters, are p rovided in the Vulcan Hall. Limited sp ace for study
and some lockers are available for women in the commuter's room
in North H all; for m en in D ixon Hall.

22

Health Services
Purposes of the H ealth S ervice

To conduct periodic physical examinations, to enforce health regulations, to provide emergency infirmary treatment for ill or injured
students.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Students who become ill or injured on campus will be taken immediately to the College Infirmary.
Students who leave campus because of illness or injury
will report to the college nurse for clearance to leave, and again
upon their return to receive permission to re-enter classes and dormitories.
GENERAL SER VICE
Free medical service offered in some colleges is financed by collecting a H ealth Fee from each student each term. California State
College does not collect a H ealth Service Fee but does provide limited infirmary and nursing service for resident students and emergency infirmary service for all students subject to the conditions
listed below.
INFIRMARY SER VICE FOR
DORMITORY STUDENTS
Limited infirmary services is provided without charge for students
who reside in all campus dormitories, in Fleck Hotel, and the Green
Street dormitory. Free service is limited to three days, after which
a charge of $1 .00 per day is made. Physicians fees, fees for special
nursing and costs of prescription drugs must be paid by the student.
23

INFIRMARY SER VICE TO
COMMUTERS AND TOWN
DWELLERS
Corn.muting students, students who live in fraternity or sorority
houses or in homes in the community, may receive first aid or emergency treatment in the college infirmary. If patients are unable to
leave the infirmary, they will be assessed $3.00 per day including
meals. Physicians fees, fees and expenses of a special nurse, and the
costs of prescription drugs must be paid by the student.
TEMPORARY OCCUPANCY
OF THE INFIRMARY
Student patients, dormitory or non-dormitory, who are unable to
return to classes promptly - but in the doctor's judgment can be
moved with safety - should plan to return home as soon as possible.
DOCTOR' S FEES AND
AMBULANCE FEES
The college provides no free medical service by a physician. Fees
for office, house, or infirmary calls by any physician must be paid to
him by the patient. If ambulance service is necessary, fees must be
paid by the patient to the ambulance service.
HEALTH AND ACCIDENT
INSURANCE
Unless parents are sure that their children are fully covered by the
health, accident, and physicians service insurance carried by the family, they should subscribe to the policy available in the Student Activities Office. This policy will cover expenses for most routine accidents and illnesses, allay your anxiety, and simplify payment of
doctor's fees.
CHRONIC DISEASES
Students suffering from chronic diseases will be interviewed periodically by the college physician to determine the nature of treatment
in progress and examined, if necessary, to determine status of the
disease.
24

SPEECH DEFECTS
The speech status of entering students will be noted on their admission forms as clear or deficient.
Entering students with speech deficiencies will be reported to the Dean of Instruction for assignment to Speech Clinic
for remedial work. The Speech Clinic will make periodic reports
concerning the student's progress to the office of the Dean of Instruction.

25

Student Activities
A well-rounded program of student activities, supervised by Student
Personnel offices and administered by a Director of Student Activities, provides numerous opportunities for valuable co-curricular experiences. In addition to intra-mural and inter-collegiate, athletics,
the activity program includes student governmental bodies, a variety
of faculty-sponsored subject-related, special interest, social, and professional organizations, and several important student-faculty committees. Students are encouraged to participate actively in the cocurricular areas which meet their special interests and needs.
Social fraternities and sororities, operating under faculty advisors and within administrative policy, offer students experience in independent group living and provide additional opportunities to develop traits of leadership and practice in accepting and
discharging responsibilities.
All regularly enrolled full-time students are members
of the Student Activity Association, Incorporated - a non-profit
corporation which manages all co-curricular affairs.

SOCIAL LIFE
Through receptions, p arties, teas, dances, and other social events
held frequently during the college year, every possible effort is made
to create a wholesome social atmosphere among the students. The
program is designed to stress the importance of a person's being prepared to meet the social amenities.
Through the Student Union Building Committee
comprising both student and administrative p ersonnel of the college,
there is now in the process of planning a Student Union Building
which will serve as a social, educational and cultural center of the
college. Progress to date indicates that this building will become a
reality in the near future as a p art of the rapid expansion program
of the college.
26

COMMUNITY CHURCHES
There are churches of the following denominations in California:
Baptist, Christian, M ethodist, Nazarene, Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, and Russian Orthodox. A J ewish Synagogue is also located in
the Borough. Other religious denominations have churches in nearby communities. Students are welcome in these churches, some of
which provide activities of special interest to students of their faith.
Students are encouraged but not required to participate in religious
activities of their own choosing.

27

III. Entrance to California
ADMISSION PROCEDURES

EXPENSES

FINANCIAL AID AND EMPLOYMENT

Admission Procedures
Entrance requirem ents are established for the purpose of determining, insofar as possible, those persons who are most likely to succeed
in college. By doing this, California State College is maintaining its
obligation to those students who expect to graduate from a school
whose standards are worthy of respect. Proper admission standards
also h elp indicate to the prospective student his chances for college
success.
Admissions standards are constantly being studied by
the Admissions Committee composed of m embers of the faculty and
administrative staff and are being raised to satisfy the exacting demands upon teacher education.
Education is an important and exacting job that
makes it necessary for the teacher to possess qualities and abilities of
a special typ e. The teacher must be academically sound, must be
physically able, and must possess ch aracter and person ality trai ts
that will enable him to represent the standards deem ed desirable by
our society. In keeping with these needs, the admissions program at
Califo rnia State College is summarized as follows:
1. General scholarship as evidenced by graduation
from an approved secondary school or equivalent preparation as
determined by the Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania D epartment of Public I nstruction.

2. Aptitude a nd ability to do college work as m easured by a reliable test, such as the American Council on Educa tion
Psychological Examination, the School and College Ability T est, or
College Boards. Students who score in the lower p ercentiles will not
be admitted.
3. Sa tisfactory character and p ersonality traits as well
as proper attitudes and interests as determined by the high school
p rincipal, guidance director, or other school official acquainted with
the student.
30

4. H ealth and physical condition as evidenced by a
health examination by the student's family physician reported on the
adopted form and approved by the College physician. No student
who has, in the opinion of the college, disabilities which would impair his service as a teacher will be admitted.
5. R ecommendation of two or more college staff
members following a p ersonal interview of the applicant.
6. For admission to special curricula the college may
require the candidate to take an appropriate aptitude test in the
special field in order to obtain further evidence of ability to succeed in the student's chosen field .
R equests for the proper forms for admission should be
addressed to the Director of Admissions, California State College,
California, Pennsylvania. The following information applies to student categories as follows :

NEW APPLICANTS
l. File the following forms with the Director of Admissions, Califo rnia State College, California, Pennsylvania:

(a ) Application and Personnel R ecord (blue forih)
- BY THE APPLICANT. Your signature is required on this form.
(b ) M edical R ecord (yellow form ) -

BY THE

PHYSICIAN.
( c) R ecord of your secondary school work (white
fo rm ) - BY THE HIGH SCHOOL PRINCIPAL. Your high
school record must include a recommendation and your class standing. If you are still attending High School, have your high school
princip al complete the form up to the present date.
2. I t will also be necessary to send a deposit of
$ 10.00. This deposit must be sent along with the blue application
fo rm. This is a guarantee of the intention of the student to enter
college for the term of trimester designated. It is deposited with the
R evenue Department to the credit of the student's contingent fee.
Check or M oney O rder fo r this amount must be drawn to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
31

3. Arrange to take the Scholastic Aptitude T est Section of the College Boards. Have the scores sent to the Director of
Admisssions.
TRANSFERS FROM
ANOTHER COLLEGE
1. File the application forms with the Director of
Admissions, California State College, California, Pennsylvania, according to the above directions.
2. Send the advance $10.00 deposit to the Business
Manager, according to the above directions.
3. Submit an official transcript of the work taken at
all other colleges attended, together with a statement of honorable
dismissal. This dismissal must be academically clear as well as being
clear insofar as character is concerned. This information must be
sent directly from the other college to the Director of Admissions,
California State College, California, Pennsylvania.
4. Send your college board scores to the Director of
Admissions.
REVISION
The testing and admissions program shall be reviewed each year by
the Admission Committee. Proposed changes will be submitted to the
Administrative Council and faculty for approval.
APPLICATION OF THE
REQUIREMENTS
ADMISSIO
1. General S cholarship. The applicant must have
been graduated from a four-year high school of accredited standing
or an institution judged by the Secondary Education Evaluation
Division of the Department of Public Instruction, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, to be the equivalent.
All applicants must make a satisfactory score on the
admission examination.
2. Com mand of English and other evidence of intellectual fitness. Students who demonstrate a lack of competency to
32

carry college work in English Fundamentals or other subjects may
be required to take remedial courses without credit.
3. Character and Personality. The candidate must
be recommended by the high school principal or guidance counselor
of his secondary school for trustworthiness, initiative, industry, cleanliness and social adaptability.
4. H ealth. The applicant must possess a clean bill
of health, together with evidence of emotional stability, of absence
of physical defects which would interfere with his successful performance of the duties of teaching, and of absence of a predisposition
toward ill health . H e must present a certificate of examination furnished by the College and signed by a physician legally qualified to
practice m edicine in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. This form
will be checked by the examining physician at the College.
The student may be required to undergo re-examination.
The applicant may be rejected for:
(a) Incurable defects or diseases of the heart, lungs,
kidneys, digestive system, nervous system, skin, organs of the special
senses, and the thyroid gland, and for epilepsy or nervous instability.
(b ) D efective vision of marked degree.
( c) Permanently impaired hearing.
( d ) M arked speech defects.
( e) Unsightly deformities.
(f) Marked obesity.
Students with remedial defects may be accepted on
condition that immediate treatment be undertaken for the removal
of these defects.
ADMISSION OF OUT-OF-ST A TE
AND FOREIGN STUDENTS
Out-of-state and foreign students may be admitted to the College
when their admission and instruction does not interfere with the
admission and instruction of students resident in the Commonwealth.
In the cases of foreign students, admission will dep end upon acceptable clearance from the education authorities of the countries concerned and the D epartment of State of the United States.
33

TEACHERS IN SER VICE
Teachers in service need file only a single admission form for approval for part-time work.
POST-GRADUATES
Applicants who are graduates from other colleges and desire to attend California State College full time for certification purposes
must file the three basic forms and a transcript from the other colleges attended. No admission test is needed; however, a personal
interview with the faculty is required.
SUMMER ' SCHOOL
Summer school admission will be approved for:
1. R egularly enrolled full and part-time students in
good standing.
2. Teachers in service who file the appropriate admission form.
3. T emporary transfer students from other colleges
who have approval of their Dean of Instruction to pursue courses
at California State College.
4. Entering freshmen who have been officially approved by the Admission Committee.
PART-TIME COLLEGE STUDY
The California State College has been approved to offer a Parttime College Study program for the academically gifted and able
Seniors ( 12th grade) and Juniors ( 11th grade) . Secondary school
students carrying full academic programs will be eligible under the
conditions outlined:
S election of High School Participants

The selection of the secondary student will require
the recommendation of the High School Principal based upon the
following characteristics:
A. A superior achievement based upon the high school
record to date.
34

B. A high degree of motivation and interest of the
student.
C. An above average mental ability as evidenced by
psychological tests administered by a certified Public School Psychologist or psychological Examiner. An I. Q. of 120 is considered
minimal.
D. Parental consent.
Students enrolled in the Senior (12th grade) or Junior ( 11th grade) and carrying a full academic load would be eligible
for recommendation.
Procedure for Applying for Admission
Special application forms for these courses will be prepared by the
college and may be secured from your high school principal.
Credits
Credits earned are regular college credits and may be transferred to
other colleges subject to the usual requirements of grades. The student will be subject to all regular academic regulations of this college.
Fees
A contingent fee of $12.50 per credit hour will be collected on Registration Day. The Summer Session will require an additional activity fee of $.50 each week of attendance. A minimum of 15 secondary school students will be necessary for each class. A limited number of college students may be admitted to each class.

ADVANCED

PLACEMENT

High schools that have the proper facilities may find it possible to
offer their superior students work at a level higher than the normal
curriculum and equivalent to freshman course work at college. The
college considers this an admissable approach to meeting the intellectual needs of the student and is prepared to grant advanced
placement credit -i.e., college credit - to students who have taken
such advanced work in high school, provided that they demonstrate
through success in formal examinations their knowledge in the subject concerned. The most convenient method of examination is offered through the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. Students granted advanced placement
thus will be afforded the opportunity to accelerate or enrich their
undergraduate programs of study.
35

Ex penses
FEES, DEPOSITS,
AND REPAYMENTS
The uniform schedule of fees, deposits and repayments established
for the State Colleges is subject to change when authorized by the
Boards of Trustees of the State Colleges and approved by the Superintendent of Public Instruction.
ENROLLMENT
FEE
This fee covers registration, keeping of the students records and the
library, student welfare, health, services, ( other than extra nurses
and quarantine) and laboratory fees.
The Enrollment Fee must be paid in full on registration day.
ROOM AND BOARD FEES
Full-time students . . . $272 per Trimester (Room $1 28; Board $144 )
Part-time students

. .. . . $17.00 per week (Room $8; Board $9)

This fee covers room and board and limited laundry.
No reduction in the rates will be made for laundry done at home or
for the absence of a student who goes home for several days at one
time.
T ransient lodging fee is $1.00 per night per p erson.
T ransient meals can be purchased from the College
C atering system.
Fees for R oom and Board or Board only, may be paid
quarterly. The first payment of $ 136.00 for Room and Board or
36

$72.00 for Board only must be paid on registration day. The balance
will be due on or before the end of the first eight weeks of the trimester.
ACTIVITY FEE
Full-time Students ...... .

. . $20.00 per Trimester

This fee, under the control of the Student Activity
Association is approved by the Board of Trustees, covers membership in the Association, admission to lectures, entertainments and
athletic contests, subscription to the college newspaper and certain
other activities as defined by the Student Congress. Part-time students, including those taking extension courses, may secure the benefits of the activity program by paying the activity fee. Check should
be made payable to the Student Activities Fund. This fee is due on
the date of registration.
Checks or money orders must be written in the exact
amount of your payment.
Make checks or money orders payable as follows:
Enrollment Fee, Room and Board or Board only:
To Common wealth of Pennsylvania
Activity Fee: To Student Activities Fund
LATE REGISTRATION FEE
Each student who enrolls after the date officially set for registration,
will be charged an additional enrollment fee of $1.00 p er day until
he is in regular attendance, provided that the total amount of the
late fee shall not exceed $5.00.
FEES FOR
OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS
Full-time students whose legal residence is outside of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall be charged at the rate of $20.00 each
trimester credit hour.
If an out-of-state student is enrolled in a special curriculum, he shall pay the special curriculum fee in addition to the
37

regular $20.00, per trimester credit hour as stated in the preceding
paragraph.
The basic fee for Part-time or Summer Session outof-state student, is $20.00 per trimester credit hour with a minimum
basic fee of $60.00.
DAMAGE FEE
Students shall be responsible for damage, breakage, or loss, and the
return of college property.
TRANSCRIPT FEE
The first official transcript of record is issued without cost. A fee of
$1.00 is charged for each subsequent transcript.

INFIRMARY FEE
A boarding student who is ill is entitled to three days of infirmary
service without charge. After that time the charge is $1.00 p er day.

Commuting students admitted to the Infirmary arc
charged $3.00 p er day from the time of admission. This covers board
and nursing service.

In no case does the infirmary fee include special nursing care or medical service.
DEGREE FEE
A fee of $5.00 must be paid by each candidate for a degree. No
student is considered to have met the requirements for graduation
until this fee has been paid. This fee is payable upon notification
from the R egistar, that the student is cleared for graduation.
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS
All fees are payable in advance. No student may be enrolled or graduated, or receive trimester grade reports or a transcript of his record
until all previous charges have been paid.
A late fee of $1.00 p er day will be charged provided
that the total amount of the late fee shall not exceed $5.00.
38

REFUNDS
Refunds will not be made to a student who has been dismissed temporarily or indefinitely suspended, or who has voluntarily withdrawn
from the college. R epayment of any part of the advance registration
deposit will not be made for any cause whatsoever.
Refund will be made for personal illness when this is
certified by an attending physician or for other reasons approved by
the Board of Trustees, to the amount of the housing and enrollment
fees paid by the student for the part of the trimester which he does
not spend in the college.
Letters requesting refunds should be addressed to the
President of the college.
To withdraw from classes, Dormitory or the Dining
Room, the student MUST first contact the proper officials of the
college.
The officials to be contacted are as follows:
(A) Classes - Director of Admissions
(B) Dormitory or Dining Room - Dean of Women
or Dean of M en
Any other method of withdrawal cannot be approved
and charges for Room and Board will remain intact.

PAYMENT OF BILLS
Enrollment fees, room and board and special fees must be paid at
the Business Office. Upon payment, an official R evenue R eceipt
will be given to the student. Payment by check, bank draft, Express
or Post Office money order made payable to the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania in the exact amount you are to pay, is preferred.
The Student Activity Fee must be paid on registration
day at the Office of the Accountant for The Student Activities Fund.
Upon payment, an official Activities R eceipt will be given to the
student. Payment by check, bank draft, Express or Post Office money order made p ayable to the Student Activities Fund in the exact
amount of the fee you are to pay, is preferred.
Book Store business is conducted on a cash basis. Payment by check, bank draft, Express or Post Office money order
made payable to the College Book Store, is preferred.
39

MATRIC U LATION CARDS
Upon completing registration, students are given matriculation cards
which entitle them to admission to the classes for which they have
registered. These cards must be carried at all times and presented
when requested.
COST OF BOOKS
The estimated cost of textbooks is $50.00 to $65.00 a trimester for
students in the Elementary and Secondary Curriculums. Students
in the Industrial Arts curriculum may expect to spend $90.00 for
the trimester in which they take Introductory M echanical Drawing,
and $65.00 each succeeding trimester. Students may purchase books,
materials and other supplies through the College Book Store on a
cash basis.
·* SUMMARY OF FULL TIME
TRIMESTER FEES
FOR DORMITORY STUDE N TS
ATYPICAL

ELE ME N TARY OR SECO N DARY

Enrollment Fee
. . $ 135.00
Room and Board .... . 272.00
Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . 20.00

Enrollment Fee .. . . . . $125.00
Room and Board . . . . . 272 .00
Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . 20.00
INDU STRIAL

E DU CATION

ARTS

ARTS AN D SCIEN CES

Enrollment Fee ... . . . $150.00
R oom and Board
272.00
Activity Fee
20.00

Enrollment Fee . . . .. . $143.00
Room and Board
272 .00
Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . 20.00

FOR COMMUTING STUDENTS
AT YPICAL

E L EMENTARY OR SECONDARY

Enrollment Fee
Activity Fee ...

Enrollment F ee . .. ... $125.00
Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . 20.00
I N DU S TRIAL

EDU CATION

. .. $135.00
20.00

ARTS AND SCIENCE

ARTS

Enrollment Fee . ... . . $150.00
Activity F ee . . . . . . . . . 20.00

Enrollment F ee . . .. . . $143.00
Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . 20.00
*Fees are subj ect to change at any time.

40

FOR COMMUTING OR TOWN
STUDENTS
DINING ROOM ONLY
ELE MENTARY OR SECONDARY

ATYPICAL

Enrollment Fee . .. . .. $125.00
Dining Room Only . . . 144.00
Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . 20.00
INDUSTRIAL

EDUCATION

Enrollment Fee .. ... $135.00
Dining Room Only . . . 144.00
Activity Fee
20.00

ARTS

ART S AN D S CIENCES

Enrollment Fee .. . ... $1 43.00
Dining R oom Only
144.00
Activity Fee
20.00

Enrollment Fee . ..... $150.00
Dining Room Only . . . 144.00
Activity Fee . . .
20.00

SUMMARY OF PART-TIME
STUDENT CURRICULUM FEE
Elementary and Secondary Atypical Education per session.
Industrial Arts week.
Arts and Science -

$12.50 per trimester credit hour.

$12.50 per trimester credit hour plus $5.00

$12.50 1per trimester credit hour plus $1.00 per
$15.00 per trimester credit hour.

The minimum charge for a Part-time student is $37.50 plus special
fees.

41

Financial Aid and Employment
STUDENT LOAN AND
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
The low cost to the student of an education at California State College is made possible only because the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania supports the education of its teachers. The Commonwealth
in fact subsidizes every student because the actual total cost per
student for a quality educational program ranks with the average
for similar colleges. The student pays only about one-third the cost.
While students are encouraged to have sufficient resouces upon admission to complete the first year there are limited
funds available to help those able persons who find the cost too great.
The college participates with National Defense Student Loan program. In addition many persons vitally interested in teacher education have contributed to the college a Loan Fund program which
makes possible either short term or long term loans to needy students.
All loans are made to cover educational expenses only.
NATION AL DEFENSE STUDENT
LOAN PROGRAM
The National Defense Student Loan Program was authorized by the
National Defense Education Act of 1958. This program makes loans
available to students under certain conditions, with specific scholarship provisions for student borrowers who later enter public elementary and secondary teaching.
The college has the major responsibility for administering the provisions of the Act. Applications to participate in the
program must be submitted to the President's Office. Eligibility to
participate in the program is based on the following qualifications:
42

1. A student must be in full time attendance at the
college (full time attendance is construed as a minimum of 12 trimester hours of credit).
2. Academic proficiency of a 3.0 or B quality point
average or superior elective in one of the areas of mathematics, science or modern foreign language.
3. Needy students as evidenced by the certification
by responsible persons.
4. Information on this loan may be obtained thru the
Office of the College President. Inquiries should be made well in advance of the registration date.

STATE SCHOLARSHIPS
Holders of State Scholarships may attend California State College
and use the Scholarship award toward meeting their expenses. The
Senatorial Scholarships do not apply to state colleges.
STUDENT LOAN FUNDS

A small loan fund was established by the Class of 1927 for the purpose of giving financial assistance to worthy students. From time
to time various groups of individuals have contributed money until
the fund amounts at present to approximately $20,000.
Donors of amounts of $1,000 or more are as follows:
Lee Smith - Estate
Miss Clara Smith
P. W. Morgan - Estate
Donors of $100 or more are as follows:
J. B. Smith Alumni Chapter
Class of 1926
Class of 1927
M ary Graham Noss Fund
Fayette Co. S. S. - 1927
California Coterie Club
Class of 1941
Class of 1928
Class of 1929
Class of 1944
Monocal - 1930
Dauna Lyn Bowlen
Class of 1932
George Kunkleman
Monocal - 1934
Alumni Association - 1960
Class of 1934
Ira Laughlin T eggart - Estate
Class of 1935
Naomi E. Birch - Estate
Class of 1936
P. J. Mollenauer
Class of 1938
H. R. Humphries
43

These funds are held in trust by a Board of Directors
made up of two alumni and three faculty members. The following
officers are: Mr. William Grimes, Chairman ; Mrs. Irene Stevens
Edwards, Dr. Michael Duda, Mr. Paul N. Walker, Dr. George
Roadman, and Mr. Aaron J. Hoover, secretary-treasurer. All contributions should be sent to one of these persons. Arrangements for
a loan should be made with the secretary-treasurer.
The committee, in granting loans, takes into consideration scholarship, personal worthiness, and professional attitude.

44

IV. Programs of Study
A . BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
1. ATYPICAL EDUCATION
a. M entally Retarded
b. Speech and H earing

2. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
3. INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION
4. SECONDARY EDUCATION
5. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
6. DENTAL HYGIENIST

B. BACHELOR OF ARTS
1. HUMANITIES

2. SO CIAL SCIENCE
3. NATURAL SCIENCE

C. PROGRAMS FOR TEACHERS' CERTIFICATION
1. HIGHWAY SAFETY
2. ELEMENTARY TEACHER LIBRARIAN

A. Bachelor of Science
In Education
California offers men and women preparing for the profession of
teaching the following curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Education:

Atypical Education
A four-year course* which trains teachers to work with the mentally retarded or with the speech and hearing handicapped.
Elementary Education
A four-year course* which offers the opportunity for teaching in
the elementary grades.

Industrial Arts
A four-year course·* including wood, metal, graphic arts, machine,
ceramics, plastics, electricity and crafts, designed to prepare teachers who are qualified to teach Industrial Arts in the Junior and
Senior High School.

S econdary Education
A four-year course* which requires the election of a single area of
specialization. California offers specialization in those academic
subjects regularly taught in the Junior and Senior High School.
Public School Nurse and Dental Hygienist
These two-year programs designed to supplement previous training in the respective fields allow the student to earn the credits
necessary to complete all the requirements for the baccalaureate
degree, and make these persons eligible for full certification to work
in the public schools.

*

Approxima tely 65 % of all California students take advantage of a complete summer school program to accelerate. By careful planning and
with the assistance of the curriculum directors, students may complete the
four-year program in three or three a nd one-half years.

46

Certification
All graduates from the undergraduate Teacher Education curricula
meet the requirements for the issuance of the College Provisional
Certificate. This certificate enables its holder to teach the subjects
listed thereon for three years in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Requirements for making provisional certificates permanent
have been established by the State Council of Educa tion. Under
the Reciprocity Compact, Elementary certificates valid for Pennsylvania are also valid in those sta tes which are signatories to the
Compact.

THE GENERAL CURRICULUM
PATTERN OF THE TEACHER
EDUCATION PROGRAM
The several T eacher Education curriculums of the college have
been developed jointly by the Curriculum Committee and the Faculty. The curricula have received the approval of the Administrative Council, the Faculty, the Board of State College Presidents,
and the Superintendent of Public Instruction. The approved curriculum pattern includes the following:
A. GENERAL EDUCATION
(Courses required of all stud ents in all curriculums)
H um anities . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . 19
L anguage and Litera ture
Communication
Developmental R eading
L iterature
Arts
I n troduction to Art
Introduction to Music
Philosophy
. 16
Social Studies
W orld Culture
Survey of H istory of United States and Pennsylvania
American Government
S cience . . .
. . . . . ..... . . . ... ... . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . ... 16
Fundamentals of M athematics
M an and H is Biological World
Man and His Physical World
World Geography
H uman D evelopm en t an d Growth . ... .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . . . 11
General Psychology
Child Developmen t (Elementary and Atypical )
OR
Psychology of Adolescence (Secondary and Industrial Arts)
H ealth
Physical Education
47

credits

credits

credits

credits

B. PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
These courses are specifically designed to prepare for the teaching profession. The culminating experience is the student teaching which extends
for the entire trimester und er the guidance of master teachers. Specific professional courses will differ with the different curricula.
C . SPECIALIZATION
The student will elect one of the curricula offered at the College in
":'hich he will specialize in his fi eld of particular interest. General Education courses are not counted in the area of specialization toward graduation
requiremen ts.
Atypical Curriculum
a. Teaching the Mentally Retarded and in the Elementary Grades
b. T eaching Speech and Hearing
Elem entary Curriculum
T eaching in the Elementary school including selections of an academic
major from the following:
2. Broad Fields
English-Speech
Science
Social Studies

1. Single Subj ect

English
Geography
Mathematics
Modern Language
French
German
Spanish

3. Area of In terest in Lieu of
an Academic Major
Industrial Arts for Elementary T eachers
L anguage Arts
Art
Music
Courses are offered in Library to eligible elementary teachers to extend
their Elementary Certificates to Teacher-Librarian.
Industrial Arts Curriculum
T eaching I ndustrial Arts in the Junior and/ or Senior high school.
S econdary Curriculum
T eaching th e following academic subjects in the Junior and/ or Senior
high sch ool.
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Comprehensive Specialization
English-Speech
History and Government
Mod ern Language
Comprehensive Science
Field of Science
Physics and M ath
Physical Science
Social Studies
Speech-English

Subject Specialization
Biological Science
Chemistry
Earth Science
English
French
Geography
German

History
Mathematics
Physics
Russian
Spanish
Speech

D . FREE ELECTIVES
The stud ents may elect as free electives a ny course offered at the College fo r which h e satisfies the prerequ isites. The number of free elective
hours will vary with the curriculum and area of sp ecialization.
48

THE ATYPICAL CURRICULUM
A-

TEACHING THE MENTALLY RETARDED AND ELEME N TARY GRADES

General Education .. . ...... . . ..... ..... ... .... ........ ... ..... ... .... . . . .. 62
Professional Educa tion .. . ....... . ............ . . . . ............. . .......• . .. . 22
Professional Orientation . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • . . . . . . . . 3
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . 2
Educational Psychology . . ........ .. .. . ·.· . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 3
Studen t Teachmg (Elementary and Atypical) ...•....•........•..... 12
!'r~fes~ional Practicum and School Law . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SpeciahzatJon ... .. ........ . . ... .. .. . ......... . ...... ....•..•.•...... ..... . 45
Basic Courses for Elementary Teaching .. . ..... . .. .. ................•... . ... 21
Music for Elementary_ Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • 2
H ealth and Physical Education for Elementary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Teaching of Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Arithmetic Content and Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teachin! the Language Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 3
Geograp y of United States and Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 3
T eaching the Content Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 3
Art for Elementary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 2
Teaching Retarded Children .. . ... . .... . ..................•. . .. ... ...... . .. 24
Curriculum Plannjng, Material and
Equipment for R etarded Ch.ildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Psychology of Exceptional Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . . . . 3
M ental Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Arts and Crafts for Atypical Children . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
Advanced Arts and Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special Class Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • 3
Diagnostic Testi ng and R emedial Teaching
OR
Diagnostic and Remedial Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Guidance with Emphasis on Interviewing and Parent Education . . . . . . 3
Minimum Credits R equired for Graduation ....... .... .. ........... . ........ 129

credits
credits

credits
credits

credits

credits

SUGGESTED PROGRAM OF
STUDIES FOR TEACHING OF THE
MENTALLY RETARDED AND
ELEMENTARY
For administra tive reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
FIRST TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
Communication I or ..... , .. . ...... .
English I & . . .... . . .. . ..••... (3)
Speech I ...................... (2)
In troduction to Art ................ .
Man and His Biological World .. ... .
Developmental Reading ......... . . . .
Health . ... . ..................... .. .
Freshman Orientation . ... . .... . ... . .
THIRD TRIMESTER - 17 Cr,.
World Literature I ..... . .......... .
World Culture I ...... . . ..... . .• . •..
World Geography I .........•.... . . .
Professional Orientation ... .. ....... .
Physical Educa tion II .. ........... . .
General Psychology . . .............. .
H ealth and Physical Education
for Eleme ntary Grades . ... .... .. .•
FIFTH TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
Arts & Crafts ........... . .... . .. . . .
Psycholo~ of the.
Exceptional Ch1ld ...... . .. ....• • .
Art for Eleme ntary Grades .....•... .
T eachi ng of L a nguage Arts .. .. . . . . .
Diagnostic T es ting &
R emedial Teaching
or
Diag. & Rem. Reading . ... . ....... .
Educa tional Psychology . .. .. . ..... . . .
SEVENTH TRIMESTER - 15 Crs.
American Government . , . .......... .
Curriculum Planning .............. .
Philosophy . ..... .. . .... ... .... . .. . •
Teaching_ the Content Subject ...... .
Mental Hygiene . .. . ...... . ......•• •

SECOND TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
Commurucation II or ....... . ...... . 5
5
English II & .•.. . .......... • .. (3)
Speech II ... .. ................ (2)
2
Man and His Physical World ....... . 5
5
Introduction to Music . . . . . , .. .. .. . . 2
2
Fundamentals of Math. . ........... . 3
2
Physical Education I ..... . .. .. .. • . . • 1
0
FOURTH TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
2
World Literature II ........ . . ... .. . 2
World Culture II ....... ........ ... . 3
3
3
Music for Elementary Grades ..... . . 2
3
Geography of United States
1
and Pennsylvania ................ . 3
3
Audio-Visual Education ..........•.. 2
Child Development .. .. .... .. .... .. . 3
2
Physical Ed. III .... .. .... .... .. .. . . 1
SIXTH TRIMESTER - 18 Crs.
~pccial Class Methods ... .. ........ . 3
3
History of US & Pa . Survey ... .. ... . 3
3
Arithmetic Content a nd Method .. .. . 3
2
Advanced Arts and Crafts . . ... . .... . 3
3
Teaching of Reading ... . .. .. .. . .... . 3
Guidanc_e '".1th Emphasis on
Interv1ew1ng . ... . . .......... ... . . . 3

3
3
EIGHTH TRIMESTER - 14 Crs.
3
Student T eaching .... . .. . ....... . ... 12
3
Professional Practicum
3
and School Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3
3

49

THE ATYPICAL CURRICULUM
B-

T EACH E R OF SPEECH AN D H EAR I NG

General Education . ............. . . .. . . .. . . ... .... ..... .. . .................
Professional Educatio n ................. . ...................................
Professional Orienta tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . 2
Educational PsrcholO!{Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 3
Psych ology of Excepttonal Childre n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . 3
Studen t Teaching ................... . ... . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . ...... 12
Professiona l Practicum and School Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
M ethods and Techniques in Speech Correction . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Specialization Courses ... ...... . ........ . ......... . ........ . .. . .. . .........
I. Cou rses Basic to all Atypical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mental H ygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
II. Specialization Courses in Speech and/or H earing Pathology
A. Basic Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anatomy and Physiology of the Ear and Vocal Mecha nism . . . . . . 3
Phonetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
B. Speech and/or H earing Pathology ........................ . .. . . ....

62
26

credits
credits

36
3

credits
credits

6

credits

20

credits

6

credits

3

credits

3
Minimum Credits Required for Graduatio n ................. . .............. 126

credits

u.:~i~g PP~b/~~ :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: l

Auditory Training a nd Speech Reading . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Language and Speech Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speech Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 3
Practice in Measurement of Hearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Teaching of Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 3
III. Clinical Practice (at least 200 clock hours ) . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E lementary Speech Clinic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adva nced Speech Clinic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3
IV. Elective Courses ... , . , ....... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Public Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Psychology of Speech a nd Hearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clinical Practice in Auditory Training and Speech R eadi ng . . . . . 3

it:t~!e:~;J
h~~~ti~; . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Voice and Diction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0

P

~

SUGGESTED PROGR A M OF
STUDIES FOR TE A CHI N G
SPEECH AN D H EA RING
For administrative reasons the sequ ence of courses is subj ect to change.
FIRST TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
Ph onetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commu nications I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
World Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Man and His Biological Wo rld . .. .. .
Freshman O rientat ion ............ , . .
THIRD TRIMEST E R - 17 Crs.
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • •
Fundame ntals of Mathematics . . . . . . .
H earing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L a nguage a nd Speech D evelopment . .
History of U nited States
and Pennsylvania Survey . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIFTH TRIMEST ER - 17 Crs.
M eth ods and T echniques in
Speech Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
World Cultme II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
World Literature II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Preanctt a1'cle H1_nygi1een'csu·re·m
.. e·n·t..a·n·d· . .. . ... . .
. ~ ...
Adjustment of H earin_,:: Prosthesis . .
Physical Education III . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SEVENTH TRIMEST E R - 15 Crs.
Psychology of the Exceptional Child . .
Speech Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
American Governmen t . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECON D TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
Speech Pathology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
5
Commu nications II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Man and His Physical World .. ..... .
5
Health ........ . ................... .
0
Physical Education I ........... . ... .
FOURTH T RIMESTER - 15 Crs.
3
Auditory Training a nd
3
Speech Readi ng .. ... . . .......... .
3
Elementary Clinical Prac tice . . . . . .. .
3
Wodd Culture I .... . ... . . . .... . ... .
World Litera ture I . . .......... .. .. .
3
*Stuttering_ ... ... ............ . . ..... .
2
Physical Education II ..... . .. ... • ...

3
5
5

2
I

3
3
3

2

3
1

SIXTH TRIMEST E R - 16 Crs.
3
Advanced Clinical Practice ....... . . . 3
3
Teaching of Reading ...... .. ...... . 3
2
Professional Orientation ........... . 3
3
Ana tomy and Physiology of the Ear
3
and Vocal Mecha nisms ...... . .. . . 3
Introduc tion to Music . . .... . ... . .. . 2
2
t Developmental R eadi ng . . . . .. . . . ... . 2
1
EIGHTH TRIMEST E R - 14 Crs.
3
Student T eaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3
Professional Practicum and
3
School Law ... .. .. . . . ..... .. . , . . . 2
3
3

" Elc!~~~scfr~~t; · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
ti£ the student docs not meet the required m inimum standards.
M inim um credits required for graduation .. . ..... . . . . ............... . ..... . . 128

so

credi ts

THE ELEMENTARY CURRI C ULUM
I . General Education ....... . ... .. . . ........ . .... . ...•.. . ... • . • .. .... .. 60
II. Professional Education . ... . . ........ .. ..........•. .. ........ . . ..... . . 22
Student Teaching .......................... • .•.... . .•........ 12
Professional Practicum and School L aw . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 2

credits
credi ts

t~;f~~;/~~
!l ~~~~~~Pon ·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: i
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

III. E lem entary Specialization . . . ... . .. .. ....... . ..................... . ... 30

credits
A. Content subjects required in a ddition to Ge neral Education . . . . . . . . . 12 credits
Geography of U .S. a nd Pa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Art for E lementary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Music for E lementary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Laboratory Science for Teachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Children's L iterature I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
T hese courses may be cou nted toward the major in the approprjatc field.
B. M ethods courses required in Elementary Ed ucation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 credits
These courses are methods and do no t count toward the major specialization
but
be counted in Areas of I nterest.
Teachi ng o Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Arithmetic Conte nt and M ethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teaching of Language Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teaching of Content Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teaching of Ar t in Elementary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Teaching of M usic in E lem en tary Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
H ealth and Physical Educatio n fo r the Elemen tary Grades . . . . . . 2
N . Academic M ajors in Elementary C urricul um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 credits
(Each student will elect a major area at firs t registration)
A. Single Sub ject
1. English

mar

t Kr~~ri~~~lcs

4. Modern Language

a. French
b. Ce1·man
c. Spa nish
B. Broad Fields
l. English-Speech
2. Science
3. Social Studies
C. Area of I nt erest in Lieu of an A cademic Major
l. Industrial Arts for Elementary T eachers
2. Language Arts
3. Art
4. Music
T otal Credits required for graduation from E lementary Curriculum .. .. . . .... 130

credits

SUGGESTED PROGR AM F OR THE
ELEMENTARY CURRI C UL U M
For adminis trative r easons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
FIRST TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
Communication I . . ....... ....... . .
English I & ....... . . . ........ (3)
Speech I .. . ............. . .... (2)
I ntroduction to Art .. . ... . .. . ... , ..
M a n and H is Biological World . . .. . .
Introduction to Music ............. .
H ealth .. . .. . ... .. ... . ....... . ... . . .
Freshman Orientation ... . . . .. . . .. . .
THIRD TRIMESTER - 17 C rs.
World Culture I . .. ..... . . . ..... . .. .
World Litera ture I . . . ... . . . . . . . .. .
Worl d Geography ......... . •. •.• ....
*Fundamentals of Math .......•.•....
Ge neral Psych ology . .. ..... . .• . .. . ..
Second Course in Major .......•.. . .

SECOND TRIM ESTER - 17 Crs.
Commu nica tio n II .. .. ........ .. ... .
English II & .......... . ...... (3)
Speech JI ...... . ..... . ... . ... (2)
2
Ma n a nd H is Physical World . .. . ... .
5
Professional Orientation .. . ......... .
2
P hys ical Education I . .............. .
2
Firs t Course in Major . ... . ..... . .. .
5

5

5
3

1

0
3
2
3
3
3

FOURT H TRIMESTER - 17 C rs.
World Culture II . ... . . ... .. .... . . .
World Literature II . . . ............ .
Music for E lementary Grades ...... .
Geography of United Sta tes
and Pen nsylvania ...... . ......... .
Educational Psychology . .... . .. . ... .
P hys ical Education II ..... . ... .. ... .
T hi rd Course in Major . . ... . ..... . .

51

3

2
2

3
3

1

FIFTH TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
**Hut. of US and Pa. Survey .. . ... . .
Art for Elementary G rades . . ..... . . .
Teaching of Language Arts . . ... . .. .
Teaching of Readin_g . .. ........... .
Teaching Music in Elem. Grades ... .
Physical E ducation III ............. .
F ourth Course in Major .. ..... . ... .
SEVENTH TRIMESTER -

16 Crs.

SIXTH TRIMESTER - 16 Crs.
Arithmetic Content a nd M ethod .. . .
Lab. Science for Elem. Grades . .... .
Child Development ..... . .......... .

3
2
3

~

I~dtv!,ta1t
idu~~~~ ~~~~~~. ::::::
Fifth Course in Major .. . .......... .

1

American Government ..... . ... . ... .

3

Philosophy . . . .. .. ................. .
Teachi ni: the Content Subject ...... .

3

3
3
3

2
2

EIGHTH TRIMESTER - 14 Crs.
Student Teaching ........ .. ......... 12

Ch.ildren's Literature . .. . ......... . .

3
2

H ealth a nd Physical Education
for Elementary Grades .. . ..... ... .
SLxth Course in Major ............. .

2

Professional Practicum

and School Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .

2

*Not to be take n by students with a mathematics major .
**Students wi th a social studies m ajor take H istory of United States and Pennsylva nia I
instead of History of United States and Pennsylvania Survey.

SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS
FOR A MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION
ENGLISH
The student will elect 18 credits from the courses listed under English in the college catalog.
GEOGRAPHY
R equired Courses
Economic Geography •• •••
Elec ti ve Courses
I . One R egional Course from :

3

credi ts

t g:~~!~~; ~f !~:o~~ .:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~
t g:i:;:~~; if ?.;~;~~ni~. ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: i

credits
credits
credits
credits

••• ' !" • • •••••••••• • •••••••••••• • ••••• ••• •

C. Geography of Africa-Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

F . Geography of Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . • . . 3
II. One course in the Physical aspects of Geography
A. Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • 3

t;.
m

I~~~o;++;

iii iii iii iii iii iii ii iii iii tiiiiii i; ;; iii ii; iii
0

I

~.nc~~~~ait?o~'~P~!~~~tl:~~r~e.C~ ~~~~:. • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • 3
B. Commercial a nd Industrial Geography . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3
C . Wo rld Problems {Poli tical Geography) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D. Geographical Influences in American History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
E. Summer Field Trips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
IV. One course in Geographic T echniques (this is NOT methods of teaching)

t f:~~:';.":~~Y

G·e~gr~~·i;; ·:::: :::: :: : : : : :: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
C. Field M ethods in Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .
Elective Geography Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

R eqttired

MATHEMATICS

3

credit!
c redits
credits
credits
credi ts

credits
credits
credits
credhs

credits
credits

credits
credits
credits
c redi ts

Credit hours
3

J~1;;~/sit£~iri~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
1

i3

credits
credits

Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geometry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M a th Insights will be take n in lieu of Fundamentals of M athematics and

i3
3
3
counted as

general education.

*If College Board scores indicate outstanding ability (625) the student may elect to start
with analytic geometry and complete credits in mathematics electives beyond those courses
listed above.

52

MODERN LANGUAGE
The student will elect t o sp ecialize in one language selected from French, German
or Spanish.
Total credits req uired for Elementary Specialization .... .. . .......... . ...... 18 credits
(Students without an adequate background of two-years of Languages in High School
will be required to complete the elementary courses which will not be counted in the area
of specialization.)

FRENCH
R equired C ourses
Intermediate F rench
Intermediate French
French Culture and
French Culture and

Credi ts hours
I . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . . . .•.. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . 3

II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .

Civilization I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Civiliza tion II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

3
3

(Students in French will be cxr.ectcd to pass a proficiency examination in the French
Language since all fu rther courses wi ll be offered in Fre nch. )
French Literature I .............. . ....... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
French Literature II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3

GERMAN
R equired Courses
C redits hours
Intermediate German I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
I ntermediate German II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Germa n Culture and Civilization I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Students in German will be CXJ? CC ted to pass a profi cie ncy examination jn the Germa n
Language since all furth er courses w1 ll be offered only i n German.
German Culture and Civilization II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
German Literature I .... ..... .... .. ...... .. . ..... . ... .. .. ... , . . . . . . . . . 3
German Literature II . . ................ . ......... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

SPANISH

R equired Courses
Credits hours
Intermediate Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adva nced Spanish I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adva nced Spanish II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Stu dents in Spanish wi ll be expected to pass a proficiency test in Spanish Language before continuing since all furth er courses arc offered in Spanish.
History of Spai n and Hispanic America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cul ture and Civilizatio n of Spai n a nd Hispanic America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Li tera tu re of Spain . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . • . . • . . .. .. .. . . 3

COMPREHENSIVE FI EL DS
ENGLISH-SPEECH
I. Speech Courses
Credi ts hours
Phonetics .. ...... ... ............................ . .. .. . ... . . . .. . ....... 3
~~f! e Ian::rtfi:tti~in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
{Upon proper advisement any speech course may be taken) . . . . . . . . .

3

II. English Courses
P hilology and Grammar . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Composition
OR

3

x~e~t~i-~t!~~;.:.:.-~ith·;; i;~ii :::::::::::::::::: :::::::: :: ::::::::::: ~

SCIENCE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS
Credits hours
M e teorology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Phys ical Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 3

g~i~t!J~~:n/~'.r.

0
.~ ~~-Y. • ::::::::::::::::: :: :::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

*i~~~ra7i~ fcie ~~~ · r~~ ·El~;,;~~i,;r'y 'i-~~~i,~~~ · : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
0

~
~

Students electi ng this area should schedule Man and His Biological World and Man
and His Physical World dusing first and second semesters.
*Because Laboratory Science for Elementary Grades is included in required content
subjects a nd in the science major, the student with a major in science will have three (3)
free elective credits.

53

SOCIAL STUDIES
R equired Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits
History of United States a nd Pennsylvania I will replace Survey of United States and
Pen.J:!~lvania History and will be counted in general education.

History of United States and Pennsylvania II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EIJ~~~~~lt!rsf!

3

S~~~;~::::::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :_::::::: ::: ::: : : ::::: .. ~.

GrooJt~ E~~~fo~~c _(_ l_), .c.~~t~S~. ~1:0.~. ~~~ _£_o_l~~\-v~ 1.1~.: . . .. • .................
State and Local Governm ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3

Comparative Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internat.ional R elations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3

World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

Groltis~~r-;- !\'.?~roEeas~q _c.~ur_se_ ~r-~~- '.h~-~~llo~v'.~~-=................. . ...
History of Near East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
History of Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . .

3
3
3

Groltis~~~- . ~-lee'. _th_r~~. ~~~~i-~ _f_r~~. th~ _f~lJ~''.''.~g '. ....•... . . . , . . . . . . . . . .
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Politi cal Science ... . . , . •.... , . . . . . ...• ....•. .. .. , . .. ...... • . . , . . . .
Sociology . . ..... . .. ... .. . . .. , .. .. .• . .• , ... . .. .. . . . .. . .. . . , .. , .... ,

9

credits

18

credits

3
3
3
3

AREAS OF INTEREST
All areas require 18 credits to comp le te

INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS
R equired:
Credits hours
Blackboard Sketching
& Blueprint Reading ........ ...• .. • .•... .. . . ... . . . •.. . .... , .. , .. , . 2
Creati ve D esign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

The Use of Common Hand Tools ... . . , . . .. . ................ .... , . . . . . . 4
Elective:
Ceramics ......... , . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . 4
L eather Work . , ... . ........... . ....... , ...... . ..•.... . .•......• . ... , . 4
Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . 4
Graphic Arts for Elementary T eachers , ... . . . , . ... . , , . .......... , • , ..• , • 4
Photography .. ............ . ................ . .. . ..... , .. . ... . ... , .. .. . , 4
The Airbrush and Model Construction .................... . ... . . , . . . . . . 2
All elementary industrial arts courses are to meet 11/2 clock hours per credit.
does not apply to the selec tion of regular industrial arts courses.

LANGUAGE ARTS
R equired ...... .. . .. .. .... . , , . . .. . . . ..... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Advanced L anguage Arts ....... . ......... , ... , ... , ... ..... , , , . . . . . 3
Advanced T eaching of Reading . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . 3
Philology and Grammar ............... . ..•.•. . . .... . , . ...• .. , .. , , . 3
Children's L ite ra tu re II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
Elec~:~:ti_v_e_ -\-V~iti_ng. ::: ::::: '.::::::::: : ::: :: ::::: '. : :'.: '.: : :::: '.::: : : :::
Teaching of Speech in the Elementary School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Semantics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oral Interpretatio n ..... . . .................... . . , . . .. , . • . . . . . . • . . . .

i3
3

3

Total credits in fi eld ... .. . . ... . ............ . . . ....... , ....... , .. , . 18

ART FOR ELEMENTARY MAJORS
Art for Elementary Grades .. . .. , ........ , ... , .. .......... . ....... , ,
Teaching of Art in tbe Elementary Grades . , . . .. , .. .... , . , , . , , , . . .. .
Crafts for E lementary Grades .... . ......... . .•... . ....•.... . .•.....
Art Education Workshop ... , ......... ..... ... .. .. . ... . . . .•.. , . ., , ,

g;:~~i~:
A~t :~~iJ!ti!s ·:: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
R esearch in Art Education ..... . ... .. ...... . ... , . , .. , . , ...... , . . , , .

2
2

3
3
3
3

2

18
MUSIC FOR ELEMENTARY MAJORS
Music for the Elementary Grades ..... . ..... , ... ... ... . ...... . .... , 2
Basic Theory I . .................. ... .............. ... .. , , , .. , .. , , . 3
Basic Theory II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(These courses include Fundamentals of H armony, Solfeggio and Ear Training)
Fundamen tals of Conducting ... , .. , ... . ....... .. .... , . . .. , , . , . . . . . . 2
Classroom Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Music in the Integrated Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Literature

... .. .iv~~~,-

~~a

-i~~;;.;,;;.-~~i.i~~,~~i~~i ...... .. .. .

3
3

Total . ... . , ... .. ... ... , , . , . , . , .... . ....... , .. , , . , .. , . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 18

54

This

credits

THE INDUSTRIAL AR TS
CURRICULUM
General Education . .. .................... .... . . ........................... 60

credit>

Professional Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Student Teachjng . . ... ........ . .. . ... . . .. ... • .. . ..... . .... •. .. .. . . 12
Professional Practicum and School Law . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 2
Educational Psycholo~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Professional Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Principles and Practices of Industrials Arts . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Specialization . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . • . • . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 46
Shop
Fundamentals of Wood Shop . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . 4
Fundamentals of Graphic Arts . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 4
F undamentals of Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 4
Fundamentals of Machine Shop . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . 4
Fundamentals of E lectricity . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4

credit>

tt;;nEl~ci~~d.

-~~~~ . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

credit>

ri
32

Drawing and Design
I ntroductory Mechanical Drawing . .. . ........ .. .... . . .. ..... . . . .. . .

Wi!l~1l!ilt::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
E lectric Theory and D esign ... . . ... . •... . .•... . ..•........ ...... • ..
Dra,v1 ng Elective . .. .. . . . ... . . . . . . . ...... . ......... . . . . . , . . .. , .. .. .
E lective in Industrial Arts . ... .. ...... . ............ . .... • ...... .•..

2
2
2
2
2
2

2

14
Minimum credits required for graduation . . ... ... ....... . ..... . .. .. ... . . .... 131

credit>

SUGGESTED PROGRAM FOR THE
INDUSTRIAL AR TS CURRICULUM
For adminis trative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
FIRST TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
SECOND TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
Fundamentals of Woodworking . . . . . . 4
Fundamentals of Graphic Arts . . . . . .
Introductory Mechanical Drawing . . . 2
Graphic Arts Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Communication II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D evelopmental R eading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Science (Physics I ) . . . . . . . . .
M athematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
H ealth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Freshman Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
FOURTH TRIMESTER - 16 Cn.
THIRD TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
Fundamentals of Machine Shop . . .. .
Fundamentals of Sheetmetal .. .. . .. . 4
Sheetmetal Drafting ....... ....... . .
~~~fjncu?t~~;,"irf a~_d -~ -c~'.~~.: : : : : : :
World Culture I . . .. . .... ..... .. .. . . ~
World Literature II ...... ......... .
World Literature I . ... . . . ......... . 2
Introduction to Music .... ........ . .
Man and His Biological World ... .. . 5
General Psychology ....... . ........ .
Physical Education II .............. . 1

FIFTH TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
Fundamentals of Electricity . ..... . . .
Electric Drafting and T heory . .. . . . .
Professional Orientation ... .. .. . ... . .
Educational Psychology . ......... .. •
Introduction to Philosophy . . .. .. ... .
Art (Industrial Arts Design) .. . . . . . .
SEVENTH TRIMESTER - 16 Crs .
Shop (electivel . ......... . ....... .. ,
Shop (elective .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. ... . .
Curriculum Making ........... . .. . . .
American Government .... .. . .... .. .
Psychology of Adolescence .... . .... .

4
2
5
4

2

4
2-

3

2
2
3

SIXTH TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
Advanced Woodworking . .. . . . . .. . . . 4
World Geography . .. .. .. . .. .. . . . .. . . 3
History of United States
and Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • 3
Principles and Practices
of Industrial Arts . . ... . . . . ....... . 3
Audio-Visual Education ..... . ...... . 2
Drawing and Design (elective)
2
EIGHTH TRIMESTER - 14 Crs.
4
Student T eaching . . . ........... . . . . • 12
4
2
3
3
3
2

4
2
3
3

55

Professional Practicum
a nd School L aw .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .

2

THE SECOND A RY CURRICULUM
General Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

credits

Professional Education ...... . ... . ...... .•. . ...... .. . . .•.... ... .•.......... 29
Educational Psrchology ..... . ..... ... .. .. . • .. . .•..... . .. . .. •.... . .. 3
Professional Or1en tat1on .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. ......... . ....•....... .. .. . 3
Audio-Visual Education . .. . . ......... . . . . ... .. .. .................. . 2
Problems of Secondary Education ......... . .. . ........ . .. . ....... . . 3
T eaching of Field of Specialization .............•....•......•.•.. . .. 4
Professional Practicum and School Law . .... . . . ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .... . 2
Student T eaching .. ... . . . .. ...... .. .........•........•....• . .. .. . . 12

credits

Comprehensive Specialization
English - Speech .. . .. . .. .. .. •. ... . .. . ... . ............... . . • .... . ...... 39
History and Government ............. . ... . ... ... .. ....... .. .......... . , 36
36
44
Fi eld of Science .... . ... .. . .. .. . ......•......•....•.•........•.. .... . .. 38
Physics a nd Mathematics ... . ... . ..........................•........... 36
Physical Science . .. . .. . ... . .. .. .. . ....•...... . ... . . ...•.... ... .•....... 36
Social Studies ..... . ... ... . . .......... . .. ..•.• . ...•......•.•. .. .• .•.... 36
Speech - English . ... ..... . .......... . .... . ..... . .. . . . ... . . .. .. . ... . .. . 39

~~o~;~~h~~~!~a!~i~~~~ .::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

Subject Specialization
Biology ....... . .... . .•..... . ......... . ... . ........ • .... . ..... .... .. .. .
Chemistry . .. .. ... ... .. . ... ... .. . ........•.... .. . . .. . .. . . . • .•. . .. . . ...
Earth Science . .......... .•. .. .. .• ..... : • . . . . . . • . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .
English . ..... ..... ... . .......... . .. . . .. ... . .... . ..... ... ...... .. . . . ...
F rench . ... . ..... .. .•.... ......... • ... . •.......... ... . . ........ .•.. . ..
Geography . , . . .. .. ............•. .. ... . . . ....•........ . . . ........... . ..
German . ... ...... ... ... .. .. .. ... . . . . . . . .•.. . .. . .... . ..•. .•.• . •.. . ... .
History .......... . ..... ....•. .. .. . . ......• .. ... . ....•.. • .•. . . .. .......
Mathematics .... . . ... ........ . .... . .. . .... . .. . . . . ... .. ........•.... . ..
Physics .. . .. .. ... .. .. . . ..... .. .. . .....................................
Ru,sian ....... ... .... . ...• . ............• . . .. . . .. .. • ...... . ..... .• . . . . .
Spanish .... ..... ..... . .. . ... .. . . .... . .. ..... .. ... .. . .. . .. . ..... .. .....
Speech .... . . ... .. •.. .. . .... . ......... . ............. . .. .......•. • . ... .

36
38
26
36
24
24
24
30
30
38
24
24
36

SUGGESTED P ROGRAM OF
COURSES FOR THE
SECONDARY CURRICULUM
For administr ative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
FIRST TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
SECOND TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
Communication I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 5
Communication II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Man and His Biological World . . . . . . • 5
Man and His Physical World . . . . . . . . 5
Physical Education I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 1
D evelopmental R eading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Professional Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . • 3
H ealth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Freshman Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
THIRD TRIMESTER - 17 Crs.
World Culture I ... :-.. ........ ..... .
World Litera ture I . .. ... .. .. . .. .. . .
Introduction to Ar t .. : . . . . . ... . .•...
Fundamentals of Math ematics .. . .. . .
Physical Education II .. .. .......... .
Elective .... .. ... . ... . ...... ...•. ...
FIFTH TRIMESTER - 18 Crs.
Survey of United States
and Pennsylvania History .. .. ... . . .
Educational Psychology . .. . ......... .
World Geography .......... . . ..... .
Elective .............. . .. . . .... . ...•

SEVENTH TRIMESTER -

18 Crs.

American Government .... . .... . . . . .
Introduction to Philosophy ......... .
Teaching of Major Subjects ........ .
Elective . ...... . .... .. ...... . . . . . •. .

FOURTH TRIMESTER - 15 Crs.
3
World Culture II . ...... . ... .. ..... • 3
World Literature II . . ....... . . . . .. . 2
2
2
General Psychology ..... . .... .• . .... 3
3 ~ Physical Education III .. .... . ... . .. . 1
1
Elective ............ ..... .... . ... . . . 6
6
SIXTH TRIMESTER - 16 Cn.
Introduction to Music .. ......... .. .
Problems of Secondary Education ... .
Psychology of Adoles~ence .... . ..... .
Audio-Visual Educal.lon ....... . ....•
Elective .......... .. .... . ......•. . . .
9

3
3
3

2
3
3

2
6

EIGHTH TRIMESTER - 14 Cn.
3
Student T eachi ng .... ........ ...•.. • 12
3
Professional Practicum
3
and School L aw
•. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9

56

CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
FOR AREAS OF COMPREHENSIVE
SPECI A LIZ AT ION
ENGLISH-SPEECH
HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT
MODERN LANGUAGE
COMPREHENSIVE SCIENCE
FIELD OF SCIENCE

PHYSICS AND MATH
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
SOCIAL STUDIES
SPEECH-ENGLISH

COMPREHENSIVE E NGLISH-SPEECH (Emphasis on English)
Total credits required for field . .. .. . . . ......... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... . ...........
English credits .. . ......... .. .•......... . . . .... . .•...... . . . .. , . .. ... . ......
American Li teraturo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Philology and Grammar . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • •
Advanced Composition or
Creative Writing . . , . . , . • • • • • • • • • • • · · • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • · · · • · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

i~~tti~~ai~ E°~gli;h · : :: :: :: :: : : :: : : :: : : :: :: : : :: : : : : :: :: :: :: : :: : : :: : :: : :

39
24
3
3
3

credits
credits

i
9

SpeeP~o~~~i~sts . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 1~

credits

~.::.%
IP~bn'tf;!ili~g ·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 3
Technical Play Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

.

Debate and Parliamentary Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT
Required Courses ... .... . .......... . .. . ........ . ........... . ............. . 36
History
History of Europe from 18\5 to Present . .. . .•.... . ...• . ......... . ...... 3
Contemporary American History ......... ... .. .. .. ..... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 3
History of United States and Pennsylvania . ... ...... ... .. ... ... . . . . .... . 3
Twentieth Century World Hfatory ..... .... . . . .. . ... ... ... .. ... .. .. .. ..• 3
Diplomatic History of United States ....... , ...... .. . .. .... .. . .. . . ... , .. 3
Constitutional History of United States ...... .. ... .. . . ................. . 3
Government
Comparative Government .... . ...... .. .. .. .. . . .... . ................ . . . . 3
State and Local Government ....... .. .. .... . .... .. ... . .. . .. . .... ..... . . 3
American Political Parties . . .... . ........ . ........ ......... .. .. . . ..... . 3
The United Nations: Org, and Function ... . . ..............•. . ... , ..... . 3
International Relations from 1919 to Present ..... . . .. .•... . •.• ... ...•.. . 3
World Politics ...................................... . ........ ..... .. . . 3

credits

MODERN LANGUAGE
Students electing any one of the modern languages will be scheduled for the Intermediate courses ( l03, 104) only if they have completed two years of language study in
high school or can otherwise demonstrate competency.

Students without a secondary back.

ground in modern language will schedule be~inning language for two trimesters (IO I, 102),
but these will not count in the area of specialization.
Students electing Modern Language will select two languages - 24 credits required in
the first language and 12 credits required in the second language.
COMPREHENSIVE SCIENCE
Total credits requi red for field .. .. . .... . .. .. . ... .. .. . : ............... . ..... 41 + credits

Required Courses .. .. .. .. .. , ... ............ . ... .... .. .. . .................. 41 + credits

Botany I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Botany II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoology I . . . . . . . . . . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •
Zoology II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Chemistry I ... . .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Chemistry II .. .• .. . ... . ••. . , . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phy,ics I ..... . ................... . ..• .. . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • · · · · · · · · ·
Physics II . . ... .. .. . . . . . .. , .....•........ · · · · · · · ·. · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
Astronomy (D escrip tive ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .

4
4
4

4
4
4
4
4
3

'7

i

fr:~e~a~~y~i'.".'~)- . :::::::: : ::::::::::: :: : : : ::::::: : : ::::: : : : ::: :: :::::
and Electives in Chemistry and Physics to satisfy the Comprehensive Science Certification
requirement.

Biotic principles and physical principles will replace the comparable general education
courses.

57

FIELD OF SCIENCE
Total credits required for field ............... . ....... . .. .. ....... . ...•.....
R equired Courses . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Botany I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
Botany II . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoology I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
Zoology II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . .
General Chemistry II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .
Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .
Astronomr. (D escriptive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geology (Physical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

38
38
4
4

credita
credita

4
4
4

4
4
4

3
3

Biotic principles and physical principles will replace the comparable general education
courses.

PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS
Total credits required for field .............. .. ............. . . .. ... . .. . .... . 36
R equired Courses . • .. . .. ................ .... .. .. . ...•... . • ..... ... . . •.. .. . 26
Physics
Physics I .. . .. .. .. . ..... . . .. ....... . ............. • ..... . ...... .• .. . .. .
Physics II . .. ..•. .. .................... ....... .. .... . ... ..... ..•. . . ...

credits
credits

4
4

Mathematics

g~n::~ t

1
~;~~::,.;.~;,:,; ·::: :: :: :: : : : : : : :: :: : : :: : : : : : : :: :: :: : : :: ::: : : : :: : :
Analytical Geometry . ... ........... . ... ..... ... . ... • ..... . ..... .. .... ..
Calculus I ......... . .. . ........ . ....... • ....... .. ....•.. ..• .•... . ..•..
Calculus II ... . ........ . .......... .. .......... ... ....•......... . . ... ..
Geometry I .. ..... ... ... ... .......................................... .

3
3
3
3
3
3

Elective Courses . . ... . ••............•.. ........... . ...... .......... ... .... 10

~::d

crcdilJ

J

0

e~~m~h)".;;~ · : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . • . . • 4
Heat and Sound . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4

?&'~~-M~~.:,;.;~;~u.·i· ::: :::: ::: :: :: :: : ::::::: :: : :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: ::: ~

Physical Measurements II . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . .
Special Problems in Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Problems in Physics II . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
4

Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

Advanced Electricity and Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical principles and Math I nsights replace the comparable general education courses.
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
Total credits required for field .. ... . .... . ...... . ................. . . .... .... 36
R equired Courses ...... . . . ......• . ... . ... .. .•.• .• ....... . .. . ............ . . 22
Inorganic Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . 4

credits
credits

i1i~f:.°ii ?~:~'.s.~. ~~ . :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :

rhysics II (D ... : .. _. ..). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ;

M!~~i;oicigy . ~s_c_r'.~~~."... : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3
Elective Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
GROUP I - (not less than 6 credits from this group)
Organic Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O rganic Ch emistry II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . .
Analytical Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analytical Chemistry II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROUP II - (not less than 8 credits from this group)
Modern Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
Magnetism and Electricity . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . .
Heat and Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .
Optics .... . . ........... ........•... .. .. ..... .. ...... . ........•.... . ...
Physical Measurements I . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Physical Measurements II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Problems in Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Problems in Physics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Physical principles will replace Man a nd His Physical World.

58

4
4
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2

credits

SOCIAL STUDIES
T otal required for field ..... . .. .. ... ... . .. .. . ............. ...... . . .. . ...... 36
REQUIRED COURSES are marked with

credit.s

t

GROUP I - ( 12 credits to be selected from this group)
tHistory of Europe to 1815 . . . ...... . .. . . ... . .............. . .... . . . .. . . .
tHistory of Europe since 1815 ........ .. ... . .... .. . .. .. ..... .. . . ..•......
Histo ry of the Ancient World .. . ..• . ... .. . . . .. . ... . . . .. • .. .. ...........
History of M edie val Europe ... . ........ . ... • . . . ... . .. . . ... . ... ...... . .
Renaissance and R eformation . . .. ... .. . . ... . ... ... .. . . . . .. .. ... . .. .. . . .
C,:mtemporary European Hfatory .. . .. ... . ... .. .. ... .. ...... ... .. .. .... .

am~~~l r~~t!iii:~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
History of the Middle East .... . . . ... . ................ ..... . .. . . . . • . .. .
Histo ry of Russia . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . ... ..... ...... • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .. .. . .
TwentJeth Century World History .. ... .. ... .. .. ... .. .• . . . .. ... • .. . .. . ..

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

GROUP II - (6 credi ts to be selected from this group )
tHistory of the United States and Penns_ylva nia I
- Taken in lieu of Survey of U. S. & Pa. and counted as General Education
tHistory of United States a nd Pennsyl vania II . . ... . .. .. . .. . .. .... . .. . .. . 3
Con tem porary United Sta tes History .. .......... .. .. .. .. .... .. .... .. .. . 3
D iplomatic United States History . .. ... . . .. . . ... . .. .. . • ... .. .... . . ..... 3
American Constitutional History .. .. .... . . . ..... .. . . . .. . . ... . .. . ..... . . 3
History of Pennsylvania ... .. .. . .... . . .. . .. . ... . .... .. ...•.•....• ...... 3
Social History of United Sta tes ..... .. .... .. .. ...... ........ .. .. . .. ... . 3
GROUP III -

(6 credi ts to be selected from this group )

Poli tical Parties ... . . .. . ... .. .. .. .. . . ..... . .. . . . . . . .... .. . .......... .. .
World Politics ... .. .. .. ............ ...... .... .. ...... . ...... . ........ .

3
3
3
3
3
3

GROUP IV - (6 credits to be selected from this group)
tPrinciples of Sociology .. . .. . . . . . . ....... . .. .. . . . . ... . .• . • . . .. .. • . . . . ...
Contem porary Social Problems . .. . . . . . . ..... .. . . . .. .. .• . •. . .... . . ... . . .
The Fam ily .. ... . .. . .... .. .... . . . . ..... ..... . . . . . .. . . ....... ..•..... . .
Anthropology .............. .. ............... ..... . ........ .. .. .. .... ..

3
3
3
3

State a.n d local government . ... . .. .. ... . . ...... .. . ..... .. .... .... . .... .

fn°
t1:1fn:~ii::1f:1~\i~:n~ .::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
United Na tions ... ... .. . . .... . ....... • . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . ... . . . . . • ... ....

GROUP V -

(6 credits to be selected from this group)

+Principles of Econom.ics I . . ...... . .. . . .. . .. . . .. . .... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . .

E~~1r:;r{:1~ff1t~ :~~:: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Public Finance . .. . . . . .. .... .. . . .. .. .. .. .... . .. .. . .. . ..... .. . .. .. . .... .

History of Econom ic Thought .. .. ... . ....... . ..... •.•. . . .... . . .. •. • . ..

3
3
3
3
3
3

!Required courses in the respective g roups.

COMPREHENSIVE SPEECH-ENGLISH (Emph asis on Speech)
R equired Courses .. . .. ... .. ..... . . . . .. . ......... . .... . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . ·.. . . . 39

credit>

Speech Courses .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. • .. . .. . 24 credit>
Phonetics OR
Voice and Diction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(The completion of either of these cou rses is considered essential before scheduling
further courses. )

i~~~
:~r"t~1bl lad~~t :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Argumenlat io n a nd D eba te ........ .. . . ............ . . . . .....•... .. .....

3
3

Stage Direction OR
T echnical play {>roduction . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . • . • . . . . . . . . . .
O ral Interprctallon .. ... . . .. . . .... •.. .. .... . . .. . . ...... • .... . ... , . . . . . .
Electives in Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . .

3
3
6

3

English Courses ...... . .. . .. . .. •. . . . . ... . .. .. . . . . . ... .. .. . . . .. .... ... ... . .. 15
American Literature .. ....... . .. . ... . ...... .. ..... .. . .. . . ... . . . .. . .. . . . 3
English Literature, . ... ... ..... .. . .. . •. . . . .... • . . . . . . ... . ..... . ... . ..... 3
Shakespeare . ......... . . .. .. .. . .. . ..• . ... , . , . . , . .... . ... . . . , . ...... . .. . 3
English Philology and Grammar .. . .... . . ... .. .....• . . . .. . • .... . .. . . . ... 3
Ad vanced Composition OR
Creative Writing . . . . .... ... ...... ... . .. .... . .. . . ... .. . .. .. . ..... . . . .. , 3

59

credit.s

C U RRICULUM RE Q UIREMENTS
FOR A REAS OF SI N GLE
S UB JECT SPECI A LIZ A TION
HISTORY
MATHEMATICS
PHYSICS
SP
ISH
RUSSIAN
SPEECH

~WE~~Iil EARTH SCIENCE
ENGLISH
FRECH
GEOGRAPHY
GERMAN

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
T otal credits required for field .. ... .............. . .. . ...... . . . ... . ...... , . . 36

credits

24

credits

R equired Courses . ............. .. .. . ........ ...... .. . . . ................ .. .
Botany I . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
Botany U ...... . .. .. ................. . . . . . ... . ....•........ . ....•....
Zoology I . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . • .. . . . . .. . . • . . . . . . . .. • . • . . .
Zoology II . ..... . ... . .. . • • • • . • • • • • • • · · · • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
General Chemistry I . .... . .............. . . ... . ..... . .... ....... • . .... .
General Chemistry II . . .......1•• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

4
4
: _,,..,.

Elective Courses . .... . . ... . ... . ............. . . ... ........... .............. 12
(At least one course must be selected from each group)
GROUP I - L aboratory Courses
Vertebrate Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . • .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . • . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M.icrobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROUP II -

>
,

4
4

credits

3
3
3
3
3

Field Courses

~

i~~~fology. : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Field Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
F ield Botany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Conservation of Biological Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 3
Biotic principles will replace Man and His Biological World.
CHEMISTRY
T otal credits required for field ..... . .. . ...... . .. . ......................... . 38
Required Courses .... . ... .... . •. ..• .. .. . ......... . .. . ......•.....•... . ... . 25
General Chemistry I ..... . ..• ......... ... .... .. ..... .. . .. ....... • ..... 4
Ge neral Chemistry II ...... . ....... .. .......... . .....•. . .. . .. . ..... . . . 4
Analy tical Chemistry I ... . ............. . . . . ... . ............ . ..•....... 4
Analytical Chemistry II . ........ . ... .. ........................ . ...... . 4
Chemistry Seminar ... . . . . . •... . ... ... .. .. ...•..... .. ... . . . ..... .. .. .. . 1
Physics I ............ . . . . .....•............... . . . ... . ................. 4
P hysics II . ..... . ................. .. .... . . . . . ......... . ..... . ........ . 4
Physical Principles
Elective Courses . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Organic Chemistry I ...••...•.•.. . .. . ........ . ... . ..... . ..... .. ....... 4
Organic Chemistry II ......•. . ...... . .... . .. .. .... . ........ . . .. . ...... 4

credits
cr edits

credits

i~;:i~ 8~~:::~ h·:::::::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 443

L aboratory Techmques in Chemistry ......•.... ... . .... . • ... . .. . .. .... .
Industrial Chemistry ........... . ... .. ...... . .... . ...• . ....... •.. . .... .
Colloid Chemistry .. ... . ..... . .. . .... . .. .......... .......... . ... . • . .•..
Organic Preparations . .. .. . ... . ..... . ......... . .... . .... . ............. .

~foi~;i~{a6h~!1~1t.::: ::: :::: ::::::: :::::::::::::::::: ::::::::: ::::
Biological Chemistry II . . . . ... . ......... . .. .... . ...... . . ... .. ........ . .

R adiochemistry . . . . .. .....•.... ... ..•. . ..... . . ... . .......• . ...• . ... ...
N uclear Chemistry . . ............ .. ..... . ...... . ............... . . . .... .
Literature of Chemistry ......... ... .......... . .. ... ......... . ... .. ... .

Special Topics in Chemistry . ....... ...•.. . .. .. ... . ....... . •..... . . ....
Ch emistry for High School T eachers ........................... . ... . .. .
I nstrume ntal Analysis I .. ... . .. . . . .................. . .. . ..•.. . .. , , .• , . .
I nstrume ntal Analysis II . . . ......... ......... .... ........ ... ... ....... .
Food Analysis ... . . . .. . .•...... . ..... . ... .... . ........ .. ... . ...........
Physical p rinciples will replace M a n and H is Physical World

60

3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3
I
Variable
3
3
3
3

EARTH SCIENCE
T otal ere di t., required for field • .. . .. . . .... . . . .. . . .. ......•. .. . . . • . ......•.. 26
Required Courses . ... . . ... . .•...... . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . ....•....... • .. .. • . . 23
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3
At least 3 credit, from the follo wing:

credia
creditl

ffI~~~~:.:tt::::::;::::::::; ::::;::: : : :::::; ::: : : :;: : :

~;i;:}rfei':t:~i~~~~;:::: '.: ::::::::::::: '.: ::::::'.: '.::::::::::::::
~~;:~%:[fa .ii:il:e
;~~~~~:::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: J

creditl

3

Field M ethods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special Problems in Earth Science ............... . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . I, 2, or 3
H onors course . .. . . .. . . . .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. ... . . . ........ . . 3, 6 or 9
The ge neral education courses (Ma n and H is Biological World, M a n a nd His Physical
World, a nd Wo rl d Geography ) would be taken in the fresh ma n year as pa rt of the ear th
science program and as prerequisi te to all o ther earth scie nce courses with the exception of
Astro nomy which could also be taken in the freshma n )'.ear.
Teachini; of Geol!ra phy and Earth Sciences in Seconda ry Schools is required as part
of the work ID professional education.
By careful selec tion of electives the Earth Science Major may have a "Field" in
G eography also.
ENGLISH
Total credits required for field ...... . .. .. ....... .. . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . .... . .
Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •
American Literature I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Literatu re I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced C omposition or Creative W riting . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Philology and Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .
Literary Criticism . . . .. .. . ..... . .... . . .. . ... . . .. . . ..... . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shakespeare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . ... .. ... .... . ........ . . . ... . • .. ... . . . .. . .. • . . . ... . .. .. .. .. .....

~oe~s:naJ:str~:~~~~t .::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~ :::::::::::::::
Eli zabethan Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

American Poetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seventeenth Century Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

~i.t~~~~~~~ . :::

36
24
6

credit,
credits

6

3
3
3

3
12

~

credits

3

3

3

~

~~~~i~fanntbL~: ~:~u?'e
:: : : :: :: :: :: :: :: : : :: :: :: : :: : :: :: :: : : : :
M odern D rama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3
The N ovel to 1879 . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
Contempora ry Novel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3
E ssay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Short Story . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
Literature of Biography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ad va nced Composition or Creative Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
In addition the English D epartment recommends courses in speech and foreign languages
as desirab le a dd itions to the competency of teachers of En!lish .
" Reading" will be written on the secondary certificate valid for English when an appl icant has completed a minimum of six trimester hours of developmental a nd rem edial
reading .
FRENCH
Total Credits r equir ed for field . .. .. . .. . . . ... ...... . . . .• . . . . ... . •. ..... • . . . 24 credits
Elementary French I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
E lementa ry French II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(Students without an adequate background of two years o f hiei:h school F re nch will be
required to complete Elementary French I & II. These courses w1ll not be counted in the
area of specializatio n. )
R equired Courses:
Intermediate French I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
I nterm edia te French II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(Students in French will be expected to pass a proficiency examination in the French
lan gu age. )
French Culture and Civilization I . ... . . .. . . . .. .. . .. .. . . .... .. . . .. . . .. . . 3
F re nch Cul ture an d Civilization II .. . . . .. • .• .. . .. .. . . . . ..• . . .. •. ... .... 3
Fre nch Conversation and Compositio n .. ...... ....... . .. . . . . ..... . . . .. . . 3
E lectives:
Readings in Co ntemporary French Literature ......... . . . .... .. . . . .. . , . . 3
History of France . . .... . . ..... .. ....... .. ... ... , . . . . .. . ... .. . .. ... . . . . 3
Field W ork in French Studie, I .. ... . . . .. ... . . .. . . . ..... .• . ... . . ...... 3
Field Work in French Studies II .. ... . .. . . . ..•. . . . .. . ..... .•. . . . . . . ... 3

61

GEOGRAPHY
T otal credits required for field .. .. ... . . . . . . ..... . ...... . . .. .. .. ... . . .. 24 or
Requi red Courses .. . . . .. . ........ . .. . . . . . .. . .. .. ....... ... . . .... , . . . 15 or
Economic Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geography of U. S. and Pennsylvania .. .. .. .. • .. .. .. .. .. .. . • . • .. .. .. .. ..
M eteorology OR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . • . . .

25
16
3
3
3

credits
credits

Elective Cou rses . .. .............. .... ...... .... ...... ... ......... . ... . 9 or 10
GROUP I - Regional Courses (3 credits to be selected from this group)
Geography of Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Geography of United States and Canada . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 3
Geography of Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3

credi ts

~:L~t;:~t.~~ :·: :·:·::·::: ·:·:: ·: ·:·: ·:·:·: ·: ·:·:·: ·: ·:·::·:·: ·: ·:·:·: ·: ·: ·:·:·:·:·: ·: ·: ·:·:::·: ·::': ·: ·: :(i)
8:~~~!~~~

~i t:

0
~~ • : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

Geography of the Far East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . .
Geography of Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . .
Geography of the Soviet Union .. .. • .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. • .. .. .
Geography of the Pacific Basin . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . .
Summer Field Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I to
Honors in Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROUP II - Cultural Courses (3 credits to be selected from this group )
World Problems in Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conservation of Natural Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geographic Influences in American History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade and Transfortation ....... . .. . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial and ndustrial Geography . .. .. . . . . . . .. . • . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial Air Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

i: i; 0r i
0

r;~ci~l GP~ogbl~;,,1;' : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : .
GROUP III - Physical Courses (3 credits to be selected from this group)

~E~i]fl'~~ffT:::; i;:;;;:;;;:;;;::i;;;;;;;;;;:;;;;;;:;:;::::; ; i
Climatology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ocea nography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3

i

ile;~c~e~ i~r~;h~e~~~~~'. . :: : :::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Geography majors are strongly urged to take courses in Social, Biological and Physical
Sciences as the chairmen and staffs of the departments consider des irable.
The study of a foreign language is desirable for all geography majors.
GERMAN
T otal credits required for field ... . . .. . . .. ... .. .. .. . ... . ....... . . . . ........ . 24
Elem entary Germa n I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elementa ry G erman II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... ....... 3
(Students w ithout an adequate backg ,·ound of two years of high sch ool German wi ll be
required to complete Elem cnlary German I & II. These courses wi l not count in the area
of specializati o n. )
Required Courses :
lnlermedia te German I _. . ... .. .. .. .. ... . . . __... _.. .. .. . ..... .. .. . . 3
Intermediate G erma n II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(Students in German will be expected to pass a profi cie ncy exam ination in the German
language.)
German Culture a nd C ivili zatio n I ...... .. .... _. _. . _. ... ... . .. ... . . 3
German Culture and Civili za tion II ... . . . ... . .. ... . .
3
Composition and Conversa ti on . . . . . . .. .. . .. . .
3
Electives:
Germa n Literature I . . . . ... . .. . .. . . . . ... . ..... . . . ... . . . . . .. . .. .. . . 3
German Literature II ...... . .... . . . .. .. . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . . . . . . . . ... . 3
R eadings in Contemporary German I ......• . •.. . . ... . ....... .. ... . . 3
R eadings in Contempo rary German II . ... .. . . ........... . . ....... . . 3
Hi ~tory of Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . . . . . . ... . . 3
Field Work in German Studi es . . ... . . . .. . . .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . 3
HISTORY
Total credits required for field ........... . ... . .. . . . .... . •. . . . .. . . • . ... . . . .. 30
R equired Courses .. . ... . . .. . . . . . . .. .. ... . ..... . ..... . .. . . . . . . . .. . ..... . ... 24
GROUP I ( 12 credits to be selected from this group )
Ancient World ......... . .... . ....... . ... . . . ... .. . •. . .. •.. ........•. . . . 3
Medieval Europe . . . ... . . ... . . .. . .... . ..... . ... . ... . .. . .. . . .. .. .. .• ... . 3
History of Europe to 1815 ...... . .. . .... . . . • . .. .... . ... . . . ... . ..•.... . . 3
3
1
r!~~~a~~eE~~d eR~foc:m~~ ;n. : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3
Contemporary Europe . ....... . ... ... . .... ..... . . . .. . . . ....... . . .. .. . . . 3
History of England ................. ...... .... . ... . .... . ... . .. . .. . . .. . 3

62

credits
credits

GROUP II (6 credits to be ,elected from this group )
United States and Pennsylvania II .. •.. . . .. .. . . .. . . ... . .. .. •. ...... ... . .
Contem porary Un ited States . .... . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. .. .... . .
Diplomatic History of the United States . . .. .• .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .• .... . . .
American Constitutional H istory .. .. . .. ... . ... .. . .. . . . .... . . . . . .. ... ... .
H istory o f Pe nnsylvania . .. . .. .. . . ...... .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . ... .. . ... . . . .
Social a nd Industrial H istory of U nited Sta tes .... . . . . .... . . . . •... . .. .. .
H istory of the American Worker . . . .. . . ... . .... . . . . •.. .... . . ...... . . . . .

3
3
3
3
3

GROUP III (6 credit, to be selected from this group)
H istory of La tin Ame rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H is tory of the F a r East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History of the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .
T wentieth C entury World History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
History of R ussia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3
3
3
3

Elective Courses

6

credit,

T otal credi ts required for field . .. . .... . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . .... ... . . .. • . ... . .. . . 30

credit,

Requir ed Course, . . .. . . .. .... . . . . . . .. . . .. . ....•...... . • .. . . •. . .. . ... • . . . . . 21

credit,

3
3

MATHEMATICS

g~n::~1~~~~~~~;;;
1

•: :: :: : : :: :: :: : : :: : : :: :: : : :: : : :: :: : ::: : : : : :: : :: : : :
Analytical Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . . . . . .
Calculus II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . .
G eometry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
Geometry II . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elective Courses . .. ........ .. ... . ... . . . .. .... . .. .. . . . . . .. . . , . . , , . .. , , , . . . ,
C alculus III .. .. ... . . ... • ..... .. . •. . . .. .. . . ..• .. . . .. .. •. ...•... .. .. . . .
Di.fI'ere nLial Equa tions . . . . . ... . . . .. . .. . .... . ... . ... . ... . ..... . ... .. . . . .

it;{~~~ :~~t~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::: :::::
0

1

~

Fi eld Work in Math em a tics . . ... . . . . .. .... ... .. . . . . . . . ... ... . ..... . ... .
M ath Insights replace Fundamentals of M ath.

~

3
3
3
3
3

9

credits

3

3
3
3
3
3

The D epar tmen t of M athematics recommends that freshman students in tending to
m ajor in mathema tics schedule Analytic Geometry in the fi rst Trimester. This permission
would be l imited to those students having sufficient preparation in high school mathematics
as determ ined by their high school record and/ or the achievement o n the math section of
the placement exami nation. Students starting with Analytic Geometry will be able to
schedule six hours of additional electives to ta ke the p lace of CoJlege Algebra a nd Trigonom etry. 1'1ath I nsights replaces Fundam entals of M ath in the general education courses.

PHYSICS
Total credits r equired for field .. . . .. . ... . . . .. .. .. .. . .. . . . . . . . • . • . • .. .. .. . . 38

credit,

R eq uired Courses . ....... . . . . .. .. • .. . ....... . .... . ..... . .. .. ... • .. .. . . • . . . 23
Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
P hys ical P r inciples will replace M a n a nd His Ph ysical World.
C ollege Alge bra .. ',-c. ..... . .. ..... ........ ...... ........ .... ........... 3
Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Analytical Geometry . :-":" .. . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D ifferential Ca lculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3
C ollege Trigo nometry ~ - . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 3

credits

Elective Courses . .. .. ... . . ..... . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . . ...... . . . . ... .. . . . ... . . . 15

creel.its

T hese courses m ay foll ow Physics I
M echanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electricity and M agnetism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical M easurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special P roblems in Physics I . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T h ese courses may foJlow P hysics II
H eat a nd Sou nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

~~~n- Ph;;i~ ·:: :::: :::::: ::: :: ::::: ::::: :: : : :: : : :: : :: : : :: : : :: : :: : :: :

Phys ical Measure ments II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sf.ecial Problems in Physics II . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
E ectronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T erm inal

63

4
4
2
2

4

!2
2
4

RUSSIAN
C redits required for fi eld ....... . ..... . ........ . ....... .. ......... • ....• . .. 24 creditJ
Elem entary Russian I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elementary Russian II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(Students without an adequa te background of two yea rs of high school Russian will be
require d to complete Elementary Russian I and II. These courses will not be counted
toward the area of specialization.)
Intermediate Russian I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intermediate Russian II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Russian Culture and Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(Students in Russian will be expected to pass a proficiency examination in Russian
language before continuing since all further courses are offered only in Russian.)
Russian Culture and Civilization I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Russian Literature I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ru ssia n Literature II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
R eadings in Contemporary French Litera tu re . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 3
Russian History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SPANISH
Total Credits requi re d for field .. . ...................... . .•.... • .... . ...... 24

~l~::~::::; t:~ti, 1ii ·: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~

creditJ

(Students without an adequate background of two years of high school Spanish will be
required to complete E lementa'l' Spanish I and II . These Courses will not be counted
toward the area of specialization.}
Required Courses:
Intermediate Spanish I . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermediate Spanish II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Students in Spanish will be expected to pass a proficiency examination in
language.)
Spanish Culture and Civilization I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hispa nic American Culture and Civilization II . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .
Spanish Conversation and Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .

3
3
the Spanish
3
3
3

Electives:

t:i:~!~~~:
~}
~e·ri~ ·: :: :: : : :: : :: : :: :: : : :: : : :: :: : ::: :: :: : : : ::
Readjngs in Hispanic American Literature ... . ... . ... . .. . .......... .. . . .
~j~p~rtl~'

Field Work I & II . ..... . .... .. ..... . .... .. .. .. . ..... . • ..... . . . • . . • . ..

3
3
3
3

GENERAL SPEECH
Total credits required for field .. . . ...... . ... . . ...............•..• . ..• . . . .. 36

creditJ

R equired Courses .. . .... ... ... .. .. .. . .. . . . ... . ...... • .. ..• . ........ . ...... 26
creditJ
*Phonetics OR
*Voice and Diction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(The completion of either of these courses is considered essential before scheduling any
elective course. They may be take n concurrently. )

*J~~~l'°J~1
i~r .K~d~~~ ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~
Argumentation and D ebate . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
Oral Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . 3
Stage Di rec tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Technical Play Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 3
Discussion and Conference Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Theories of Rhetoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . 2
Elective Co urses .. . . .... .. . . . . .. . ....... . ..•....• . •.. .... . .. . ... •. .. . ... . . 10
Phonetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3
Voice a nd Diction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Advanced Phonetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . • . . . . 3
Parlfame ntary Procedure A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Parliamentary Procedure B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

~

fd~~~ti~ ~;i1-ef;ii~fi:r!n~ R~di~ · : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
H istory of the Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . . ~

~h~~a1 sp~~ki-,;i ·:::::: :::::::::::::::::::: :::::: :::: :::::::::::::::: ::

3
Children's Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
T eaching of Speech in Elementary School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speech Correction Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 or 3
(Anatomy of Speech and Hearing M ech. OR Elementary Clinical Practice)
Required Professio nal Courses {not counted in area of specialization)

Teaching of Speech in Secondary School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . .

* - Open

to students in all curricula without prerequisites.

64

3

credits

DEGREE PROGRAM FOR
DENTAL HYGIENISTS
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements :
1. The possession of a valid license to _practice dental hygiene in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania issued by the State Dental Council and Examining Board and the
D_epartment of Public Instruction.
"The Professional education requiremcnt.s for deiital hygiene is the satisfactory completion of a n approved dental hygienist course of instructio n of two yean of not
less than thirty-two weeks and not less than thirty hours each week or iu equivalent in and graduation from a dental hygiene school approved by the State Dental
Council and Examining Board."

2. The satisfactory completion in addition thereto of 64 semester hours of profe55ional
and general education counes distributed as follows:
A. Education
Semester Houn
(1) Professional Orientation .. • • • • .. .. . • .. . • .. . • .. .. .. .. .. .. • .. • • • • • 3
(2) General Psychology ....... . .. ..... ..... .......... .... . . .. , • • • • • 3
(3) Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . • • . • . • . .. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • 3
(4) Audio-Visual Educatio n • . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 2
Total

11

B. General Education
(1) Communication I • .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . .
or English Comp I . . ................ , . .... . .. . . ..... ... .. (3)
and Speech I .... .. ..... . .......... ........... . .. . ... . .... (2)
Communication II . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . • . . . . .
or English Comp II ... .................. . .. .. .. . ........ , • (3)
and Speech II ............. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... .. .... .... . . (2)
(2) Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . • .. • . .. . . .. . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .
a. Intro to Art . ...... , ...... ......................... .... (2)
b. Intro to Music ....••.•.•.•.....•. . .. .. .•... ... .. . .••••. (2)
(3) Geography ................................. . .. .. . .... , •• • , • , . .
a. World Geography ..... . ................................ (3)
b. Geography of U.S. and Pa . .... .......... .. .......... . . (3)
(4) World Culture I ........... .. . .... , . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .• .. . . . .. . .. ..
or Hist of Civ I ...• , . , .......... . ....... ...... .. .. ....... (3)
and Lit I .. ..... .. . .....•..•.. . ...................•••.... (2)
World Culture II . , ..... , , , ... .• ....................... . , . . . . . .
or Hist of Civ II .... ........... , ....... ... , .......... .... (3)
and Lit II ....... ... . . .. ...•.. .... .. ......... .•.• .. .. .. .. (2)
(5) Social Studies .. ............ , ...................... .... ........
a. American Govern.ment .......... ... ............ . . .... .... .
b. Economics . ........ .. ...•• .. •..•. , ••.........• •...•......•
c. History of U.S. and Pa . . . ..... . .. . ......... . ............. .
d. Sociology .........••• • • • •. • ..... • .....•.......•.••••.• •.••

5

5

4

6

5

5

11
3
3
3
2

Total .. . ... . .. . .... .. ..... ..... .......... .... .

41

Grand Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64

12

C. Electives

'

In each previous catcgory1 credit will be given for equivale nt courses pursued in the twoyear dental hygiene curriculum. In such cases students must increase their electives by the
number of semester hours so credited.

In the case of dental hygienists who had leS5 than two yean of specialized training on
the basis of which they were licensed to practice dental hygiene, proportional credit will
be given. Such persons must pursue additional general education counes in college to make
up the deficiency.
Electives may be chosen with the approval of the D ean of Instruction from any field
or curriculum offered at the college in which the student is enrolled.
The curriculum will be effective as of January 23, 1951.

65

DEGREE PROGRAM FOR
PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
The program for Public School Nursing was revised by the Board of Directon on
August 2, 1960. The following requirements are effective for those nurses who began the
degree program after September 1, 1961.
1. All registered nurses in Pennsylva nia who were graduated and registered since
September 1952, be required to complete 60 credits of approved education at the
state college distributed as follows:
'
credits
Courses r elated_ to Public School Nursing .... .. . . ... ... . .. : · ,: ... 15
credits
Courses 1n Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
credits
Courses in English and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 7
credits
Courses in Education .... .... . . .. ..... . ...... ........ . ......... 12
credits
Electives in General Education . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.

credits

Any nurse graduated a nd registered previous to 1952 should have h er credits evaluated in order to determine if any additiona] work is necessary for a degree.
All persons desiring to enroll in the Public School Nurs ing Pro¥ram should be inter•
viewed by the D ean of I nstruction. The Director of Secondary Curriculum will assist with
the scheduling of classes.

66

B. Bachelor of Arts Degree
The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to those persons completing the requirements of the liberal arts curriculum.

THE CURRICULUM
I. GENERAL STUDIES
Sixty semester hours in general ed ucati on must be completed by all
liberal arts students as follows:
A. Communicative Arts .. . .... . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 18 hours
6 hours
English Composition . . . . . .
. ..... . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . .... . .... . . . ..... . . ..... . 6 hours
( beyond elementary language)
Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 hours
Logic or Mathematics
........ ............
3 hours
B. Scientific Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.....
8 hours
Laboratory Science - A one-year sequence in any one of the fol lowing :
General Chemistry I and II
General College Physics I and II
General Biology I and II or Zoology I and II or Botany I
and II
Geology ( Physical and Historical)
.. 21 hours
C. Man's Understanding of Himself
Social Science
(6 hours of World Culture)
. 12 hours
3 hours
General Psychology . ... .
.....
6 hours
World Geography ... .. .
Four semester hours of physical education and/ or health will be
required as a graduation requirement.
.. . 10 hours
D. Appreciation
Literature
a. one-year sequence
6 hours
Art
2 hours
Music
2 hours
E. M eaning of Life ........ . ... . .... .... .
3 hours
Philosophy .. . . . . . ..... .. . . . .... . . . . .. .
3 hours
II. AREAS OF CONCENTRATION
One of the following - The degree of Bachelor of Arts in the Humanities,
Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences, or Bachelor of Arts in Natural Sciences
will be sought by the student.
For any one of the degrees the student will schedule 50 semester hours
in h is area of concentration, of which 20 hours may be in his field of specialization.
67

A. THE HUMANITIES

In addition to the General Studies required by all students in liberal
arts, each candidate for a degree in Humanities will take 50 semester
as follows:
English and Litera ture ... . . . ... .... . . ... ..... . . . . ..... 12
Foreign Language . . .
.. ... .............. ...
6
Speech Arts
............................
6
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

To~ ·· ········

...........

.

hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours

. 30 hours

The Fields of Specialization in Humanities are as follows:
1. FRENC H
a . REQUIRED COURSES (all courses 3 hours )
Intermediate French I and II (taken as General Studies)
French Culture and Civilization I and II (taken in Humanities
Concentration)
French Literature I (Su rvey of the Middle Ages to 1800)
French Li terature II (The Nineteenth and Twen tieth Centuries)
Total
.... .... .. . 18 hours
b. ELECTIVES : 12 to 18 h ours from this group ( all courses 3 hours)
Readi ngs in Contemporary French Literature
Literary, Cultural and Political History of France
The French Novel
French Lyric Poetry
Field Work in French Studies I and II
T otal ...... .. . . ... .. . . . .. .. .. . . ... . . .. 12 to 18 hours
2. GERMAN
a. RE QUIRED COURSES (all courses 3 hours )
Intermediate German I and II
German Culture and Civilization I and II
German Composition and Conversation
Total
.... . .. .... ...... .. . . . . . ... . . 15 hours
b. ELECTIVES: 15 to 21 hours - from this group. (All courses
are 3 hours.)
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
German Literature of the Period of R ealism
German Literature of the Classical Period
German Literature of the R omantic Period
G erman Lyric Poetry
The German Novelle
Goethe's Faust
Contemporary German Literature
Contemporary German Li terature, Reading the Latest Newspapers and Journals
German Nineteenth Century Drama
H istory of Germany
Field W ork in German Studies I and II
T otal .... . .... . ........... . .. . ... .. . . . 15 to 21 hours
3 . SPANISH
a . REQUIRED COURSES (all courses 3 hours)
Intermediate Spanish
Advanced Spanish I and II
Culture and Civilization of Spain and Hispanic America
Literature of Spain
Literature of Hispanic America
Total .. ....... . .
. . 18 hours

68

b. ELECTIVES - ( 12 to 18 hours from this group )
History of Spain and Hispanic America
R eading in Hispanic American Literature
Spanish Novel
Hispanic American Novel
Spanish Drama
Elective Reading in Hispanic American
Literature
Total ... . ....... . ........ .. . .... . . . .. . 12 to 18 hours

4. ENGLISH
a . REQUIRED COURSES
( 12 hours taken as part of General Studies or Humanities Concentration)
American Li terature I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 hours
English Li terature I and II
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 hours
English Philology and Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 hours
Advanced Composition or Creative Writing
3 hours
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 hours
b . ELECTIVES: 12 to 15 hours from this group ( all courses 3 semester hours unl ess indicated otherwise)
Pre-Shakespearean Literature
Seven teenth Century Literature
Eighteenth C entury Literature
R omantic Movement
Victorian Li terature
The Novel to 1870
Contemporary Novel
Short Story
Creative Writing
Contemporary Poetry
Modern Drama
T h e Essay
Literature of Biography
Li terary Criticism
Shakespeare
J ournalism
H onors Course in English (may be repeated)
Semi nar in English ( 1 )
...... ......
. .. 12 to 15 hours
T otal
5. SPEECH
a . REQUIRED COURSES
(9 hou rs taken as part of General Studies or Humani ties Concentrati on)
( All 3 hour courses )
Phonetics OR Voice and Diction
Fundamentals of Speech
Forms of Public Address
Argumentation and D eba te
Oral Interpretation
T echnical Play Production
Total .. ..... ... ... .. . .. .... .. .. . .... . . .. ... 9 hours
b. ELECTIVES ( 12 hours)
(All courses 3 semester hours except Parliamentary Procedure
which is 1 to 3, Theories of Rhetoric which is 2, and Seminar which is 1 hour)

69

If the students' interests are in the theater , nine hours of electives
should be from th e theater group; if the interests are in publi c address, nine hours should be from that group.
T heater
Public Address
Choral Speaking
Parliamentary Procedure
Acting
Advanced Phonetics
Stage D irection
D iscussion and Conference
History of the Theater
T echniqu es
Education Television and
Radio
Theories of Rhetoric
Honors Course in Speech
Honors Course in Speech
Seminar in Speech
Semina r in Speech
Total 11 or 12 h ours
B. THE NATURAL SCIENC ES AND MATHEMATICS
In addition to the General Studies req uired by all students in liberal
arts, each candidate for a degree in Natural Sciences and M athematics will
take 50 semester hours as follows:
General Biology I and II or Botany I and II or Zoology
I and II . .. .. . .
8 hours
Gen eral C hemistry I and II .
8 hours
College Physics I and II
8 hours
Geology ( Physical and Historical )
8 h ours
Calculus I a nd II
6 hours
T otal .. . . .. . . ...... . .
.... 30 hours
1. BIOLOGY
a . REQUIRED C OURSES
Botany I and II or Zoology I and II .. .. . . ..... . .
8 h ours
Seminar in Biology
2 hours
T otal . .. .. . . .. .
. . 10 hours
b. ELECTI VES
12 to 15 semester hours wi ll be selected from the following
courses:
V ertebrate Anatomy
Fi eld Botany
Microbiology
Organic Evolution
Physiology
Ornithology
Genetics
E ntomology
Systematic Bota ny
Conservation of
E cology
Bi ological R esources
Embryology
Plan t Physiology
Field Biology
All electives are 3 hour courses.
The student may elect to place emphasis upon Animal Biology,
Plant Biology, or Field Biology.
The sub-curri cula for each are:
Emphasis upon Animal Biology
R equired courses as a bove. Electives, 12 to 15 hours, to be chosen
from:
Genetics
Vertebrate Anatomy
Field Zoology
Embryology
En tomology
Physiology, Animal
Emph asis upon Plant Biology
R equi red courses as above. El ectives, 12 to 15 hours to be chosen
from:
Pla nt Physiology
Genetics
Field Botany
Systematic Botany
E cology
Microbiology

70

Emphasis upon Field Biology
R equired courses as above, Electives to be chosen from :
Ecology
Field Zoology
Entomology
Systematic Botany
Plant Physiology
Field Botany
(Two to five hours of FREE ELECTIVES included h erein .)

2. CHEMISTRY
a . RE QUIRED COURSES
Analytical Chemistry I and II . . .. .. . . .. . .. . .. . ... . 8
Chemistry Seminar ... . ...... . . ... ...... . . . ..... . 1
Total
..... . . ... .... . . . ... . .. . .. . .. . 9
b. ELECTIVES
Organic Chemistry I ........... . . . . .. ........ ( 4)
Organic Chemistry II
... . ..... . . . . . . .. . . . ( 4)
Organic Preparations
. . ........ ( 3 )
Biochemistry I
...... ( 3)
Biochemistry II . . . . .
. .. ( 3)
Physical Chemistry I . . . . .
. ...... . ... .. ( 4)
Physical Chemistry II
...... .. ........ . ... . . ( 4)
I ns trumen tal Analysis I
... . ........ . .. . ..... ( 3)
Instrumental Analysis II
..... . ...... . . ( 3)
Laboratory Techniques in Chemistry .. ... . . . .... ( 3)
I ndustrial Chemistry . . . . . .
. .. . ..... .. ( 3)
Colloid Chemistry . ... . .. .. . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . ... ( 3)
Food Analysis . . . . . . . .
. ..... . . . . . .. . ( 3)
Agricultural Chemistry . . .
. . ( 3)
R adio Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 3)
Nuclear Ch emistry ..... . .... . ... . . . .......... (3)
Literature of Chemistry . . . . . . . . .
. ... .. ( 1)
Special Problems in Chemistry ... . . ..... . . ... ( 1) ( 2)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 11

hours
hour
hours

hours

3. PHYSICS
a . REQUIRED COURSES
College Physics I and II
Calculus I and II
( Completed - see above)
b. ELECTIVES : 20 semester hours from this group.
Astronomy . . .... . .... . . . ......... .
. (3)
.... . ..................... . . . .. (4)
M echani cs
Magnetism and Electricity .. .
(4)
H eat, Wave Motion and Sound
.. ( 4 )
Op tics
..........
. . ...... . .
. (4)
Modern Physics . . .
. ...... . . .. .
. (4)
Physical Measurements I and II . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . (4)
(2 each )
Adva nced Mechanics ...
.. .. .. .... ( 3)
Advanced Electricity and Magnetism
.. (3)
Electronics . . .. . . . . .... . ..... . . . .. ........ (4)
. ( 1)
Semi na r in Physics
Total .
.20 hours
4. MATHEMATICS (all courses 3 hours except Seminar which is
1 h our )
a. REQUIRED COURSES
Diffe rential Equations
Calculus III
Advanced Calculus I
Geometry II
Advanced Calculus II
Abstract Algebra
Total .... .. .
. ...... 18 hours

71

b. ELECTIVES: One course from this group.
Mathematics of Finance
Fieldwork in Mathematics
Theory of Equations
Honors Course in Mathematics
Statistics
( M ay be repeated)
Mathematical Insigh ts
Seminar in Mathematics
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 hours
C. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
In addition to the General Studies required by all students in liberal
arts, each candidate for a degree in the Social Sciences will take 50 semester
hours as follows:
1. HISTORY (all courses 3 hours)
a . REQUIRED C OURSES
History of Europe to 1815
History of Europe since 1815
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 hours
b. ELECTIVES: 12 to 15 hours from the group.
History of U.S. & Pa. I
History of U.S. & Pa. II
History of Pennsylvania
Contemporary H istory of U.S.
History of Ancient World
History of Medieval Europe
R enaissance and R eformation
D iplomatic H istory of United States
American Constitu tional H istory
Social and Industrial History of United States
History of England
History of Latin America
History of Far East
History of Middle East
History of Russia
Contemporary World History
His tory of American Labor
History of Contemporary Europe
Total
. .... . .... . .. .. 12 or 15 hours
2. POLITICAL SCIENCE : (all courses 3 hours)
a . REQUIRED COURSES
American Government
State and Local Government
T otal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 hours
b. ELECT I VES
International R elations
United Nations
Poli ti cal Parties
World Politics
Comparative Government
History of Political Thought
American Constitutional Law
Total . .. . .. . . . . . ..... . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . .... 15 hours
3. GEOGRAPHY
a. REQUIRED COURSES
Economic Geography . . ................ . . . .. .. ( 3)
A regional course
.. . .. . .. . . .. . .. ... .... . ... ( 3)
R esearch in this region . .... . . .......... . . . ( 1 or 2)
( Special Problems in Geography)
A Physical course
......... . .... ( 3 or 4)
A Cultural course .. . . ... . ....... . ... ... ...... ( 3)
Cartography .... . . ... . .. ... . .. ...... . .. . . . . . . ( 3)
Seminar in Geography .. . ...... . ........ . ...... ( 3)
Total . . .
. . .. . .. ....... .... . .. .. .. .. ... 20 hours

72

b. ELECTIVES: One course selected from each group as part of
20 hours in A above ( total 9 or 10 hours) .
Regional Geography
Geographic Influences in
Geography
American History
United States and
Trade and Transportation
Pennsylvania
Commercial and Industrial
United States and Canada
Geography
La tin America
Commercial Air
Europe
Transportation
Urban Geography
Asia
The Far East
Physical Courses
Africa
Astronomy (D escriptive)
The Pacific Basin
Physical Geology
The Soviet Union
Histori cal Geology
Summer Field Trip
Meterology
Climatology
Cultural Courses
Physical Geography
Physiography
World Problems in
Oceanography
Geography
Cartography
Conservation of Natural
Field M ethods in
R esources
Geography
Special Problems in Geography (in ANY group)
III. ELECTIVES
Each student must take a minimum of 18 semester hours of free electives.
Not more than 6 of these may be in the student's area of concentration.
M inimum semester hours for graduation
. . ... . ..... . . . 128
IV. OPPORTUNITIES FOR INDEPENDENT STUDY
Within th e various fi elds of specialization the student may, with the help of
his advisor, elec t th ose courses which most directly serve his needs. The
various academic departments offer H onors Programs which enable the student to pursue individual study over a period of as long as three trimesters.
These Honors Programs give opportunity for exploration both in breadth and
depth of the student's interests.

ADMISSION
Studen ts are considered for admission to the Liberal Arts curriculum on the
basis of :
1. G ene ral scholarship, as evidenced by graduation from an approved
secondary school, or equivalent preparation, as d etermined by the
Creden tials Evaluation Division of the D epartment of Public Instruction .
2. Submission of scores of th e Scholastic Aptitude test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
3. Satisfactory character and p ersonality traits plus interests and attitudes conducive to successful college work as reported by secondary school officials.
4. Good health and physi cal condition as reported by a physician on
the m edical examination form of th e college.
5. Inclusion of the following secondary school work is recommended:
Academic Mathematics . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years
English
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 years
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years
Social Studies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years
Electives
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 years

73

Admission with Advanced Standing
6. All previous listed requirements must be met.
7. The student must request of the college( s) previously attended that
a transcript of work completed and a statement of honorable dismissal be mailed to the Director of Admissions.
8. Transferred credit will be accepted on the following bases:
a. Final grade earned must be " C " or better.
b. Transferring college must be accredited by the regional crediting
association.

I nformation on Admission
Applicants should write to the Director of Admissions for the necessary admissions and regis tration papers and should follow the procedures directed
by that office.

ADVISEMENT
Each student electing the liberal arts curriculum is given advisement by the
Director of the Liberal Arts Program concerning his individual needs in his
area of concentration and fi eld of specialization. Advisors in the various
field s of specialization give furtlier help to students in planning of their
programs. Additional information may be obtained by writing to the Director of the Liberal Arts Program.

C. Programs for Teacher
Certification
Highway Safety and Driver Education
Effective September 1, 195 I , a student who hold s or will hold a valid certificate to teach will be issued an additional temporary standard certificate
to teach Highway Safety Edu cation if the studen t has completed twelve
semester hours in courses in Driver Education and Training. The temporary
standard certificate so issued will become p ermanent after two years of successful experience in the field and the completion of three trimester hours in
General Safety Education.
The American Automobile Association has approved the Highway
Safety Education courses offered at this college.

Library Science ( Elem entary) Endorsem ent
The holder of a certificate valid for elementary education may have an endorsement of library science upon the completion of twelve ( 12) semester
hours in this field of study. A library science endorsement is valid only in
those grades designated for the elementary schools.

74

V. Course Offerings

Course Offerings
The required and elective courses available at California are listed
under the several departmental headings. Each course, when offered
during the regular trimester, is taught for 16 weeks. The number of
clock hours of instruction each week for the trimester hours of credit
is indicated. The clock hours listed are minimal; individual courses,
because of special needs or exceptional facilities, occasionally exceed
these established standards in the interest of better teacher education.
Not all of the courses listed in this section are given
in any one trimester or even in any one year. Courses may be withdrawn without notice. A schedule of classes listing the days, hours
and instructor for each course is available in the office of the Curriculum Directors, prior to registration. Students are encouraged to
carefully plan their programs several years ahead so they may graduate as planned.
The course numbering system used at California is as
follows:

1 to 99 Remedial Courses - No college credit
100 to 199 First year undergraduate courses
200 to 299 Second year undergraduate courses
300 to 399 Third year undergraduate courses
400 to499 Fourth year undergraduate courses
500 to 599 Graduate division courses in General Education
600 to 699 Graduate division courses in Professional
Education
700 to 799 Graduate division courses in Areas of
Specialization
800 to 899 Graduate division courses in Research
Descriptions of the graduate courses will be found in
the Graduate Bulletin.
77

FINE ARTS DEPARTMENT
Mr. Angus Douple, Department Head; Mr. Collelli, Mr. Dovenspike, Mr.
Ko touch, Mrs. Wood.
ART

Art 201 I NTRODU CTION TO ART, 2 er.
A course dealing with art as a vital part of contemporary living. Art of other
ages will be given some consideration as a basis for interpreting the present.
Students will be encouraged to experiment with materials in order to understand the creative process. Throu gh a variety of experiences an attempt will
be made to help students develop a n awareness of and a sensitiveness to all
forms of art.
Three class hours each week.
Art 205 CREATIVE ART AcTIVITIEs, 3 er.
This is a drawing and painting course (no previous art tramm~ is necessary). Instruction in pictorial representation in various art m edia, particularly crayon, water color and oil painting. Opportunity for specialization.
Four class hours each week.
Art 455 CONTEMPORARY ART IN AMERICA, 2 er.
A stud y of the development of Contemporary painting, architecture and
sculpture in the Uni ted States, with emphasis on 20t_h C entury developments.
Three class hours each week.
MUSIC
Mus
Mus
Mus
Mus

180 Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES - BAND, 1 er.
181 Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES - CHORUS, 1 er.
182 Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES - GLEE CLUB, 1 er.
201 I NTRODUCTION TO Mu s ic, 2 er.
This course provides a n orientation in music experience which aims to equip
the prospective teacher with a knowledge and understanding of music as it
r elates to general education and the art of daily Jiving. Through the use of
recordings, radio, concerts, and other m edia, every possible contact is made
with music. The possibility of correlation with other subjects is explored.
This course is r equired of all sophomores in general education. No prerequisite courses or special abilities are required. ( One class hour may be integrated with World Culture II.)
Three class hours each week.
Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES -

BAND, 1 er.
CHORUS, 1 er.

Mus 282

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES -

GLEE CLUB,

M us 380
Mus 381
Mus 382

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES - BAND, 1 er.
Co-CURRICULAR AcTIVITES - CHORUS, 1 er.

Mus 280
Mus 281

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES -

er.

GLEE CLUB, 1 er.

Mus 430 OPERA SURVEY, 3cr.
This course will provide its students with ( 1) the origin and history of opera,
(2) National contributions to the art, (3) the listening and analyzation of
n umerous representative operas, ( 4 the relationship of plots to history and
events.
Three class hours each week.

78

/

ATYP I CAL EDUCAT ION
D r. Henry, Chairman; Mr. Bowlen, Mr. Bitonti, M r. Fabian, M rs. Hughes,
D r. Moree.
ATYPICAL - MENTA LL Y R ETA R DED
Aty-MR 301 CURRICULUM PLANNING, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, 3 er.
Problems in the selection and placement of children in Atypical class programs. Type and costs of equi pment needed. M ee ting parents and community problems. Education of teachers, parents, school board and community
of values in Atypical programs. Selecting Atypical class teachers and planning for improvement in service.
Two class hours each week.
Aty-MR 302 ARTs AND CRAFTS FOR ATYPICAL CLASS ES, 3 er.
D evices, techniques, and methods for making interesting, useful , and attractive articles are consid ered for use with children in Atypical classes. Projects in simple handloom weaving, rake knitting, textile toys, basketry, and
wood are emphasized.
Three class hours each week.

Aty-MR 303 ADVANCED ARTS AND CRAFTS, 3 er.
Progressive steps in weaving techniques on two- and four-harness looms
are taught. Opportunities for the beginning weaver to express himself creatively in color, design, and texture are offered. Consideration of sources and
selection of equipment, accessori es, and materials are given.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-MR 401 SPECIAL CLASS METHODS, 3 er.
Major emphasis is given to basic procedures for planning and implementing
an adequate edu cational program for m entally retarded children of different
age and ability levels. The course provides a developmental approach with
emphasis on specific techniques and methods for meeting the n eeds of these
children .
Three class hours each week.
Aty-MR 402

G UIDANCE WITH EMPHASIS ON INTERVIEWING AND
PARE NT EDU CATION, 3 er.
I t is important to h elp parents accept the handicap of th eir child whether
it be m ental r etardation, physical impairment, a speech d efect or any other
condition. This course attempts to h elp parents recognize and adjust to the
reali ties of their child's condition.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-MR 4 10 D IAGNOSTIC T ESTING AND R EMEDIAL T EACHING, 3 er.
Study of achievement tes ts useful fo r diagnostic purposes. T each ing procedures adjusted to particular needs or weaknesses. To include all school
curriculum, elementary and secondary.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-MR 449 STUDE NT T EACH ING IN CLASSES POR M EN TALLY RETARDED
CHILDRE N, 6 er.
Observation and participation in all teaching and activities r elated to the
p erformance of a teacher's work in the class for men tally retarded child ren.
The stud ent spends fu ll time in actual classroom teaching for
one-half trimester of sixteen weeks.
HONORS COURSE IN M ENTALLY RETARDED EDUCATION, 3 er.

Aty-MR 490
A ty-MR 491
Aty-MR 492

HONORS COURS E IN MENTALLY R ETARDED EDUCATION, 3 er.
HoNORS COURSE IN MENTALLY RETARDED EDUCATION, 3 er.

Aty-MR 495

SEMINAR IN MENTALLY RETARDED EDUCATION, 1 er.

79

ATYPICAL-SPEECH AND HEARING
Aty-SH 101 HEARJNG PROBLEMS, 3 er.
The appreciation of the many problems of children and adults with hearing
losses in order to acquaint interested persons as to how to improve and to
better adjust the child or adult to his hearing problem.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 102 SPEECH PATHOLOGY, 3 er.
A foundation course for speech correction, including a study of the anatomy
and physiology of the speech mechanism and some consideration of the
causes, symptoms, nature, and management of speech disorders.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 103 L ANGUAGE AND SPEECH DEVELOPMENT, 3 er.
A survey of methods, procedures and equipment in order to deal more intelligently as to what we do and what we can do for children and communities.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 204 AUDITORY TRAJNING AND SPEECH READING, 3 er.
Students study and compose the different systems of teaching Speech Reading. Lessons in Auditory Training are planned for the different age and hearing difficulty groups.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 205 PSYCHOLOGY OF SPEECH AND HEARING, 3 er.
An explanation of the psychological factors involved in the study of speech
and hearing. Special emphasis is given to listening.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 206 PHYSIOLOGY AND ANATOMY OF SPEECH AND HEARING, 3 er.
A study of the anatomy and the physiology of the ear and the speech mechanism dealing with their functions and capabilities in their performance
necessary for speech and hearing.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 207

PRACTICE IN MEASUREMENT AND ADJUSTMENT FOR H EARING
PROSTHESIS, 2 er.
A study is made of the many types of tests involved in measurement. Practice
is required in the use of the audiometer.
Two class hours per week. One laboratory hour.
Aty-SH 270 STUTTERING, 3 er.
This course is designed to deal with the prevalent theories and therapies of
stuttering. Students learn therapeutic techniques for both children and
adults.
Prerequisite: Elementary Clinical Practice.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 308 CLINICAL PRACTICE IN AUDITORY TRAINING AND SPEECH
READING, 3 er.
Students study and compose the different systems of teaching Speech Reading. Lessons in Auditory Training -a re planned for the different age and
hearing difficulty groups.
Three class hours each week.
Aty-SH 309 SPEECH PROBLEMS, 3 er.
Acquaintance of students with the various speech problems common to children in the elementary school. Emphasis is placed upon remedial techniques.
The study of materials, methods, and techniques used by classroom teachers
in improving the speech of all children.
Three class hours each week.
80

Aty-SH 313 ELEMENTARY SPEECH CLINIC, 3 er.
Practice in clinical procedure ; a review of speech disorders and methods of
diagnosis and remedial treatment; opportunity for the accumulation of corrective materials and observation of the work of the speech clinician.
Six laboratory hours each week.
Aty-SH 314 ADVANCED SPEECH CLINIC, 3 er.
Correctionst practice. Each student is responsible for his own cases, including diagnosis, analysis, therapy, reports, follow-up, and other problems, with
planned supervision. Practice is carried on in the College Speech Clinic,
Noss Laboratory school, and an out-patient clinic for children of school age.
Six laboratory hours each week.
Aty-SH 440 M ETHODS AND TECHNIQUES IN SPEECH CORRECTION, 3 er.
Aty-SH 450 STUDENT T EACHING, 12 er.
Observation and participation in all teaching and activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work in the classroom. The student spends full
time in actual classroom teaching one trimester of sixteen weeks.
Aty-SH 451 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND ScHOOL LAW, 2 er.
M ethods and practices of teaching. General techniques of teaching and
techniques for the student's special field. Pennsylvania school laws relevant
to the work of the classroom teacher. Problems encountered by the students
in their student teaching.
Two class hours each week.
Aty-SH 490

HONORS COURSE IN SPEECH AND HEARING, 3 er.

Aty-SH 491

HONORS CouRsE IN SPEECH AND HEARING, 3 er.

Aty-SH 492

HoNORS CouRSE IN SPEECH AND HEARING, 3 er.

Aty-SH 495

SEMINAR IN SPEECH AND HEARING, 1 er.

EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Dr. Proud, Department Head,· Mr. Aldstadt, Mrs. Alto, Miss Andersen, Miss
Baliker, Mrs. Barry, Mr. Butler, Mr. Cairns, Mr. Condon,
Mr. Covell, Dr. Crowley, Dr. Culler, Miss Dalaidi, Mrs. DeCarlo, Mr. Dochinez, Dr. Dunn, Dr. Fisher, Dr. Gamble,
Miss Glod, Mrs. Hamilton, Mr. H erron, Mrs. Holman, Dr.
Hoyes, Mrs. Hughes, Mr. Hughes, D r. Jones, Mr. Kennedy,
Miss King, Mr. Kulikowski, Mr. L evendos, Dr. Long, Mr.
McDonald, Mrs. Marsh, Dr. Miller, Mr. Natali, Dr. Naylor, Miss O'Brien, Dr. Porter, Mr. Richards, Dr. Shutsy, Dr.
Sterrett, Mr. Welsh, Mrs. Weaver, Mrs. Willett.
Ed

R EMEDIAL READING, no credit

Ed 100 FRESHMAN ORIE NTATION, no credit
Opportunity to help in problems of p ersonal adjustment and for discussion
of the nature, objectives, traditions and regulations of the college are provided. Basic materials for student's personnel files are prepared in orientation
classes. Required for all entering freshmen.
Two hours each week for first six weeks.

81

Ed 101 PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION, 3 er.
An orientation and guidance course acquainting prospective teachers with
the opportunities and r equirements of the profession; the r elationship of the
school to society; the organization and administration of the American School
system. Extensive directed observation of various schools and learning situations will be required. Acceptable as credit for In troduction to Teaching.
Three class hours each week.
Ed 102 D EVELOPMENTAL READING, 2 er.
The purpose of this course is to develop reading and study skills a t the college level. Special objectives a re the development and reinforcement of abilities to select judiciously, to read cri tically, to interpret cogently, to appreciate fully, and to adapt flexibility of reading rate and method to various kinds
of material and to the different purposes in r eading.
Two class hours each week.
Ed 30 1 AuDio VISUAL EDUCATION, 2 er.
The need for sensory techniques and materials in the learning process with
attention to the psychologica l principles involved are given major consideration in this basic course. Activities include the production of inexpensive
audio-visual aids, the limited use of selected aids, and an und erstanding of
the best sources of teaching materials.
Three class hours each week.
Ed 302 AuDio VISUAL WORKSHOP, 2 er.
An opportunity for more intensive study in the Audio, Visual and AudioVisual field with greater possibilities for the application of techniques involving sensory aids. Direct laboratory experiences involving machine competency and problem-solving situations are a major consideration. Motion picture film library experience is required. Special skills and abilities correlating this field provided areas for individual study.
Prereq uisite: Audio-Visual Edu cation or consent of the instructor.
Three class hours each week.
Ed 350 TEACHING R EADING IN CONTENT SUB JECTS, 2 er.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content areas. The prospective
teacher will gain knowledge concerning general reading practices and specific
r eading skills necessary in his area of specialization.
Two class hours each week.
Ed 401 ME NTAL T ES TS, 3 er.
A basic course in the theory an d application of psychological tests with emphasis on the interpretation and application of results fo r pupil guidance
purposes. The course includes laboratory work in administering, scoring,
and interpreting test r esults. Problems in establishing and operating a testing program for guidance in the public school are also considered.
Prerequisite: G eneral Psychology
Three class hours each week.
Ed 455 STUDENT TEACHINO WORKSHOP, 6 er.
For teachers with three or more years' experience who are candidates for
degrees and who have not completed the required number of trimester hours
in student teaching. After consultation with the D ean of Instruction and the
Director of Student T eaching, the student will be assigned to a course suitable to his n eeds without duplicating courses already accredited. A student
who has changed curriculums may not use the course to satisfy the student
teaching requirements ; he must earn at least six semester hours in accredited
student teaching at the appropriate level.

82

Ed 470

CLINICAL OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE IN EDUCATIO NAL
THERAPY, 6 er.

The California State College, through an official affiliation with the Veterans
Administration, prepares men and women as M anual Arts Therapists, Industrial Therapis ts, and Educational Therapists for employm ent under Civil
Service R egulations in Veterans Administration Hospitals throughout the
United States.
Students enrolled in the Industrial Arts Curriculum will
qualify for positions in M anual Arts and/ or Industrial Therapy by indicating
such an interes t prior to student teaching. M en and women in college curriculums other than ind ustrial arts, may qualify as educa tional therapists.
This preparation can be obtained without sacrificing certification in teaching.
In order to m eet the r equirem ents for employment in the
Veterans Admi nistra tion as Manual Arts Therapists, Industrial Therapists,
or Educational Therapists, studen ts must complete 240 clock hours of clinical
laboratory exp erience in th e Leech Fa rm V eterans Administration Hospital.
This complete program may be taken a t any one of the six-weeks student
teaching assignments, or six-weeks su=er program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Elem Ed 303 T EACHING OF READING, 3 er.
The several aspec ts of problems in the teaching of reading in all elementary·
grades. Presen tation in theory and practice, from careful examination of research and from observation, opportunity for the student to acquaint himself
with a variety of mod ern reading materi als and with approved techniques
in their use. Problems of disability and their treatment.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 304

C HILD DEVELOPMEN T, 3 er.

Acquisition of understanding and apprecia tion of th e p atterns of physical,
mental, social, and emotional growth in the p eriod of early childhood. Consideration of local, state, and na tion al agencies conce rned with the welfare
and edu cation of early childhood. Observation of learning si tuations in the
family, school, and community environments.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 305 ARITHMETIC - CONTE NT AND M ETHOD, 3 er.
The va rious p rocesses and operations in the arithmeti c of the elementary
school are ca refull y analyzed to determine which should be taught at each
grade or developmental level and how they may be taught m os t effectively.
Opportunities for observation and participa tion in actual teaching situations
are provided . Stress is placed on und erstanding of concep ts of modern trends
in mathem a tics such as sets, inequalities, number line, numeral sys tems, modular a ri thmetic, field postulates, and results of research in arithmetic.
Prer equisite: Fundamentals of M athem ati cs
Th ree class h ours each week.
Elem Ed 310

H EALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATIO N FOR ELEMEN TARY
GRADES , 2 er.

Elementary school teach ers are constantly called upon to su pervise and plan
programs for recrea tion or curriculum purposes. This course is planned to
give the necessary background and experience in h ealth and physical education on the elementary school level.
Three class hours each week.

83

Elem Ed 316

EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS FOR
ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS, 2 er.
A consideration of the simpler statistical measures, with particular stress on
their application to classroom work, and of the principles underlying the
construc~..5ln of valid, reliable obj ec tive tests, with practice in the making of
classroonyests in the various fields of subject matter.
Two class hours each week.

'L

O
Elem ·Ed 321
Music FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES, 2 er.
Designed to prepare the elementary teacher in basic fundamentals and skills.
It includes the study of note values, meter signatures, scales, key signatures,
plus the use of syllables in reading music. A basic introduction to the piano
keyboard is also included.
Two class hours each week.

Elem Ed 325 ART FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES, 2 er.
The study of the philosophy, psychology and trends in art education as it
relates to the primary grades. Creative experiences with elementary art materials, such as clay, paper, crayon, watercolor and craft problems as it relates to the total growth of children.
Two class hours each week.
Elem Ed 351 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE, 3 er.
A survey of those poems and stories known as children's literature, with the
selection of appropriate material for use in the elementary grades. To assist
teachers in evaluating the reading which the child enjoys, criteria for every
type of reading are presented.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 353 D1AGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL READING, 3 er.
An examination of the techniques of diagnosing reading difficulties and of
determining appropriate remedial treatment. Opportunity is. given for observing and participating in procedures in the r eading clinic.
Prerequisite: The Teaching of Reading.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 355 TEACHI NG OP LANGUAGE ARTS, 3 er.
Survey of the content of the curriculum in English in the elementary grades.
Methods of teaching oral and written composition, principles of grammar,
poetry and literature. The teaching of handwriting is part of this course.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 358 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATIO N, 3 er.
A study of pre-school, kindergarten, and primary grade activities in the traditional and activity school programs, with a sound evaluation of the practical aspects of the latter. Opportunity is provided for the administering of
readiness tests. Required for specialization in Early Childhood Education.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 370 TEACHING Music IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES, 2 er.
A course designed to demonstrate proper techniques of teaching music to
children. Includes the study of much source material and its proper application in the classroom. Covers procedures in all grades, kindergarten through
sixth, in such activities as the use of rhythm instruments, records, part singing, singing games, dances and creative work. College students develop
proven techniques and procedures through actual teaching experiences in
a typical classroom situation.
Prerequisite: Music for the Elementary Grades.
Three class hours each week.

84

Elem Ed 375 TEACHING OF ART IN ELEMENTARY GRADES, 2 er.
Development of problems suitable for the elementary grades. Every opportunity is given to experiment with materials techniques and processes creatively. Emphasis is placed upon the correlation of art with other subjects
for the intermediate grades.
Elem Ed 406 TEACHING THE CONTENT SUBJECTS, 3 er.
Provides the elementary teacher with a comprehensive course in methods
common to such areas of instruction as geography,social studies, and science.
The student will be afforded an opportunity to investigate a variety of topics
!elated ~o good teaching procedures, h ear them discussed, and observe them
1Il practice.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 409 DIAGNOSTIC AND R EMEDIAL TEACHING, 3 er.
Study of achievement tests useful for diagnostic purposes. Teaching procedures adjusted to particular needs or weaknesses. To include all school curriculum, elementary and secondary.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 417 NEw METHODS IN SCIENCE FOR ELEMENTARY
TEACHERS, 3 er.
For supervisors and teachers interested in child growth through activltles.
Opportunities are provided for observation and participation, with emphasis
on critical evaluation. The course is of special significance to teachers who,
holding the normal school or the standard certificate, are working toward
certification in elementary education.
Three class hours each week.
Elem Ed 421 I NTEGRATED Music PROGRAMS IN
ELEMENTARY GRADES, 3 er.
Covers all aspects of a progressive public school music program. Includes
the study of techniques and procedures as well as projects and units. The
area of child creativity is explored. D emonstrations are usually presented
to college students also Noss school children (when in session).
Four class hours each week.
Elem Ed 430 TEACHING SPEECH IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
Elem Ed 450 STUDENT TEACHING, 12 er.
Observation and participation in all teaching and activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work in the elementary grades.
Prerequisite: A general quality point average of C or 2.0
and a 2.0 in student's area of specialization. The student spends full time in
actual classroom teaching for a trimester of 16 weeks.
Elem Ed 451 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND ScHOOL LAW, 2 er.
Methods and practices of teaching. General techniques of teaching in the
elementary curriculum. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of
the classroom teacher. Problems encountered by the students in their student teaching.
Two class hours each week.

LIBRARY CERTIFICATION
FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS
Lib
Lib
Lib
Lib
Lib
Lib

470
471
472
473 )
474
475

LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN, 3 er.
ORGANIZATION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS, 3 er.
REFERENCE MATERIALS, 3 er.
LIBRARY AND CURRICULUM, 3 er.
STORY TELLING AND READING GUIDANCE, 3 er.
SCHOOL LIBRARY AoMINISTRATION, 3 er.

85

INDUSTRIAL AR TS EDUCATION
IA Ed 355 CURRICULUM MAKING IN I NDUSTRIAL ARTs, 2 er.
Analysis of Industrial Arts objectives for curriculum content; emphasis by
grade levels; criterion basis of content selection and appraisal; curriculum
construction in selected areas.
Four class hours each week.
IA Ed 440 PRINCIPALS AND PRACTICES OF I NDUS TRIAL ARTS, 3 er.
A requirement for prospective industrial arts teachers in order that they may
master a few of the fundamental principles, procedures and techniques of
industrial arts teaching.
Three class h ours each week.
IA Ed 450 STUDENT T EACH! c, 12 er.
Observation and participation in all teaching and act1v1t1es related to the
performance of a teach er's work, in the area of the student's specialization.
Prerequisite : A general quality point average of C or 2.0
and a 2.0 in major fi eld. The student spends full time in actual classroom
teaching for a trimester of 16 weeks.
I A Ed 451 PROF Es s ro AL PRACTICE AND SCHOOL L AW, 2 er.
M ethods and practices of teaching . General techniques of teaching and techniques for the students' special fi elds. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to
the work of the classroom teacher. Problems encountered by the students in
their student teaching.
Two class hours each week.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Sec Ed 30 1 PROBLEMS OF SECO NDARY EDUCATION, 3 er.
The practical problems of teaching and learning in the secondary school with
emphasis on principles of problem solving are studied. A survey is made of
the structure and nature of American Secondary Education. Tools and techniques used in problem solving are introduced. A problem study using action
research is a requirement of the course.
Prerequisite: Professional Orientation and Educational Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 420 PRINCIPLES OF GUIDANCE, 3 er.
The principal objective of this course is to develop an understanding of the
principles of guidance with emphasis on basic concepts and procedures for
g uidance services in elementary and secondary schools. Tools and techniques
of guidance services as well as the organization and administration of the
guidance program are considered.
Three class h ours each week.
Sec Ed 430 EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS, 3 er.
This course is a consideration of the simpler statistical measures, with particular stress on the application to classroom work, and of the principles underlying the construction of valid, reliable objective tests. Practice opportunities
are offered for the construction of classroom tests in various subject-matter
fields.
Three class hou rs each week.
Sec Ed 435 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY, 3 er.
The development of classroom techniques which lead to cooperative understandings between school and co=unity is a chief objective of this course.
Considerable attention is given to the structure of the co=unity, its groups,
and their goals. The school is viewed in its role as a public relations laboratory.
Three class hours each week.

86

Sec Ed 440 TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
The application of principles of educational psychology, philosophy, and sociology to the teaching of English in junior and senior high school. The course
includes both practical techniques of classroom practice and an investigation
of the larger problems of the profession. Adequate prior content courses in
English are necessary to the student undertaking this course.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content area of
English will be included . The prospective teacher will gain knowledge concerning general reading practices and specific reading skills necessary in his
area of preparation.
Four class hours each week.
Sec Ed 441

TEACHING OF GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH SCIE NCE IN
SECO NDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
A review of concepts and basic philosophy in geography and earth science.
The course includes a survey of available materials and current curriculums
in the fields of geography and earth science which form the bases for analysis of modern techniques in the teaching of these subjects.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content area of
Geography will be included. The prospective teacher will gain knowledge
concerning general reading practices and specific reading skills necessary in
his area of preparation.
Prerequisite: 18 credits in geography and/or earth science.
Four class hours each week. Observations.
Sec Ed 442 TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
The mathematical abilities of the secondary student are diagnosed. Methods
of mathematical teaching are discussed and presented. Results of mathematical education according to recent research are studied and trends are
indicated. The control and use of the visual aids p ertaining to mathematics
is presented as well as sources of information. How to maintain a mathematics classroom, and a study of student, teacher, administration and community problems with proper methods of instruction are considered. Content material will be included at the discretion of the mathematics department. Evaluation is maintained by tests, r eports, textbook evaluations, course
outlines, unit plans, projects and teaching lesson.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content area of
Mathematics will be included. The prospective teacher will gain knowledge
concerning general reading practices and specific reading skills necessary in
his area of preparation.
Prerequisite: Mathematical Insights.
Four class hours each week.
Sec Ed 443

TEACHING MODERN LANGUAGE IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.

Sec Ed 444 TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
This course is planned to give the prospective science major a thorough
grounding in the problems of teaching science. The objectives of the science
program in the secondary school, selection of textbooks, sources of suitable
literature, how to secure materials for instruction, the preparation of units,
and special techniques are studied.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content area of
Science will be included. The prospective teacher will gain knowledge
concerning general reading practices and specific reading skills necessary in
his area of preparation.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of work in major field.
Four class hours each week.
Sec Ed 445 TEACHING OF SocIAL STUDIES IN SECONDARY ScHOOLs, 3 er.
This course is intended to familiarize prospective teachers with desirable
methods which may be used in teaching the social studies. Emphasis is

87

placed on the philosophy, objectives, courses of study, and organization of
subject matter for teaching purposes, curriculum materials, procedures and
development.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content area of
Social Studies will be included. The prospective teacher will gain knowledge
concerning general reading practices and specific reading skills necessary in
his area of preparation.
Four class hours each week.
Sec Ed 446 T EACHING OF SPEECH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
Problems in the selection of materials for courses of study, forensics, group
discussions, assemblies, dramatics and correction and improvement programs
on the secondary level. This study is planned to benefit students specializing
in the teaching of oral English, speech and dramatics and those supervising
extra-curricular activities in the speech field.
The techniques of teaching reading in the content area of
Speech will be included. The prospective teacher will gain knowledge
concerning general reading practices and specific reading skills necessary in
his area of preparation.
Four class hours each week.
Sec Ed 450 STUDENT TEAC HI NG, 12 er.
Observation and participation in all teaching and acuv1Ues related to the
performance of a teacher's work, in the area of the student's specialization.
Prerequisite: A general quality point average of C or 2.0
and 2.0 in their area of specialization. The student spends full time in actual classroom teaching for a trimester of 16 weeks.
Sec Ed 45 1 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW, 2 er.
Methods and practices of teaching. General techniques of teaching and techniques for the student's special fields. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to
the work of the classroom teach er. Problems encountered by the students in
their student teaching.
Two class hours each week.
Sec Ed 455 MODERN METHODS IN SEC ONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
An analysis of the functions of secondary education and of classroom problems, followed up by the presentation of techniques for the solution of such
problems advocated by the more recent literature in the field.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 460 READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL, 3 er.
Problems unique to the secondary teacher in the area of reading are included. Programs such as developmental reading, remedial reading, and reading
in the conten t areas are considered. Students will develop a critique and oral
report on some special area of interes t in r eading instruction.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 461 D1AGNOST1c AND REMEDIAL READING AT THE SECONDARY
LEVEL, 3 er.
Corrective techniques, methods, and materials to help pupils with reading
difficulties. Emphasis upon diagnosis and r emediation.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 462

CLINICAL PRACTICE IN READING FOR SECONDARY
SCHOOLS, 3 er.
Opportunity to observe approved processes, and to practice under guidance
the art of supervision. Special emphasis will be placed upon individualized
instruction.
Six class hours each week.
Sec Ed 463

TEACHING OF READING IN THE SECONDARY ACADEMIC
SUBJECTS, 2 er.
88

ENGLISH DEPARTMENT
Dr. Coon, Department Head; Mr. Bloemker, Mr. Burnett, Mr. Cassidy, Mr.
Gogoj , Mr. Grimes, Mr. Hughey, Mr. Limbacher, Mr. Maddock, Dr. Major, Mr. Martin, Mr. Newell, Miss Rakestraw,
Mr. Rea, Mr. Rosenfeld, Dr. Reese, Mr. Watkins.
Eng 1 R EMEDIAL ENGLISH, 0 er.
For students whose preparation in English is inadequate.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 101 COMMUNICATION I, 5 er.
A basic course, required of all students, in language, literature, and composition, both oral and written.
Five class hours each week.
Eng 102 COMMU NICATION II, 5 er.
Continuation of Communication I , which is a prerequisite.
Five class hours each week.
Eng 105 ENGLISH COMPOS ITION I, 3 er.
That part of Communication I dealing with written communication (for
students who have completed the other parts of that course elsewhere).
Three class hours each week.
Eng 106 ENGLISH COMPOSITION II, 3 er.
That part of Communication II dealing with written communication (for
students who have completed the other parts of that course elsewhere).
Three class hours each week.
Eng 110 Co-C URRICULAR ACTIVITIES - PUBLICATIONS
Eng 111 Co-C URRICULAR ACTIVITIES - PUBLICATIONS
Eng 112 Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES - PUBLICATIO NS
Eng 151 AMERICAN LITERAT URE I, 3 er.
An introductory survey, through 1865. May be taken before or after American Literature II, or independ ently of it.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 152 AMERICAN LITERATURE II, 3 er.
An introductory survey, from 1865 to the present. May be taken before or
after American Literature I , or independently of it.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 201 WORLD LITERATURE I, 2 er.
Acquaints the student in some depth with a liinited number of books that
are at the same time masterpieces of literature and representative of the
chief integral elements in world culture from the beginnings to 1400 A. D .
Required of all students (English maj ors should take it in their Freshman
year ) . Best taken concurrently with Social Studies 201: World Culture I,
a complementary course also required of all students; may be taken either
before or after English 202 : World Literature II, or independently of it.
Two class hours each week.
Eng 202 WORLD LITERATURE II, 2 er.
A continuation of World Literature I, from 1400 A. D. to the present. Required of all students (English maj ors should take it in their Freshman
year). Best taken concurrently with Social Studies 202: World Culture II, a
complementary course also required of all students; may be taken either
before or after English 201: World Literature I, or independently of it.
Two class hours each week.
Eng 211 ENGLISH LITERATURE I, 3 er.
An introductory survey, to 1798. May be taken before or after English Literature II, or independently of it.
Three class hours each week.
89

Eng 212 E NGLISH LITERATURE II, 3 er.
An introductory survey, from 17 98 to the present. May be taken before or
after English Li terature I, or independently of it.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 251 ENGLISH PHILOLOGY AND GRAMMAR, 3 er.
The course attempts to give some knowledge of the history of English as a
language and to acquaint the student with the use of the larger dictionaries.
The main body of the course is concerned with a systematic study of gramm ar, with emphasis on its historical development and on its more functional
aspects.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 252 ADVANCED COMPOSITION, 3 er.
Advanced experience in writing is afforded through the preparation of reviews, digests, and critical reports, employing expository, descriptive and argumentative techniques.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 312 PRE-SHAKESPEAREAN LITERATURE, 3 er.
The chief authors and literary works of England from the beginnings to the
time of Shakespeare, with particular attention to Chaucer, Malory, and the
development of drama.
Eng 323

SEVENTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE, 3 er.

Milton; metaphysical and other poets such as Donne, Marvell, Herbert;
prose writers such as Browne, Walton, Pepys.
Three class h ours each week.
Eng 329 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE, 3 er.
A critical consideration of significant eighteenth-century writers with emphasis upon the struggle between tradition and revolt as r eflected in the
works of Pope, Johnson, Addison, Swift, Goldsinith, Burns, and other representative writers of the period.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 334 E LIZABETHAN LITERATURE, 3 er.
A course in the prose, poetry, and drama ( exclusive of Shakespeare) of the
English R enaissance. Major writers include Spenser, Sidney, Marlowe, and
Jonson.
Eng 335 THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT, 3 er.
A study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and their contemporaries, in the light of social background and biographical and critical doctrine.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 336 VICTORIAN LITERATURE, 3 er.
Victorian culture is studied through its interpretations by poets and essayists of the period, with particular reference to the writings of Carlyle, Ruskin,
Newman, Browning, Tennyson.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 341 THE NovEL TO 1870, 3 er.
The rise and development of the novel in English from its beginnings in the
eighteenth century. A selected list of novels is assigned for analysis with a
view to cultivating an app reciation of this doininant literary form.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 342 CONTEMPORARY NOVEL, 3 er.
A study of modern and contemporary movements in fiction based on the
critical r eading and analysis of English and American novels published since
1870.
Three class hours each week.
90

Eng 351 THE SHORT STORY, 3 er.
The development of the short story as a distinct and popular current literary
form is traced through its history and technique. Recent tendencies are investigated and wide reading in current periodicals is encouraged.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 352 CREATIVE WRITING, 3 er.
For students of marked ability in the creative processes of wntmg. The
course aims to develop creative ability and improve the student's own style.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 362 CONTEMPORARY POETRY, 3 er.
First of all a course in reading poetry, r eading for pleasure and for understanding; finally a study of the origins of twentieth century poetry and its
present day trends.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 372 MoDERN D RAMA, 3 er.
Study of the new dramatic literature of Europe and America and of its
techniques, aims, and problems. Representative plays for reading and study
from Ibsen and Shaw to T. S. Eliot and Arthur Miller. 12 to 15 plays.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 382 TH E E s sAY, 3 er.
R eadings in American, British and Continental essayists along with the writing of a n original essay.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 392 LITERATURE OF BIOGRAPHY, 3 er.
Since biographical writings occupy a solid place among the monuments of
literature and scholarship, the course will focus on biography as a literary
form and as a discipline of literary and historical scholarship. Readings will
be from the works of major biographers: Plutarch, Boswell, Carlyle, Macaulay, Josephson, Edel, and others.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 401 LITERARY CRITICISM, 3 er.
A study of the history of literary criticism and an introduction to the practice of criticism. Best taken in seventh or eighth trimester.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 405 SHAKESPEARE, 3 er.
Selected comedies, tragedies, and historical plays by Shakespeare, together
with the social, historical, and literary background necessary for their full
appreciation. Best taken in seventh or eighth trimester.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 490 HoNoRs CouRsE IN ENGLISH, 3 er.
Eng 49 1 HoNoRs CouRsE IN E NGLISH, 3 er.
Eng 492 HONORS COURSE IN ENGLISH, 3 er.
Eng 495 SEMINAR IN ENGLISH, 1 er.

GEOGRAPHY AND EAR TH
SCIENCE
Dr. Betz, D epartment H ead; Mr. Brown, Mr. K endall, Mr. Lind, Dr. Noble,
Mr. Rampon.
Geo 100 WoRLD GEOGRAPHY I, 3 er.
A basic course organized to develop a knowledge and appreciation of the
physical factors of the environment and man's adjustlnent to them. World
patterns of land forms, climate, soils, vegetation, etc., are emphasized in relation to their influence on the economic and cultural activities of man.
Given every term.
Three class hours each week.
91

Geo 101 WORLD GEOGRAPHY II, 3 er.
This course is designed for students wishing to broaden their knowledge and
understanding of the world's culture regions as seen from the geographer's
point of view.
Given all Fall and Spring Trimesters.
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 102 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY, 3 er.
The geographical bases for the production, manufacture and distribution of
the earth's resources and the relationships arising as man engages in making
a living.
Given Fall 1963, every other term thereafter.
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 151 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY, 4 er.
A study of the materials, structures, surface features of the earth and processes which have produced them. Course work includes: study of rocks and
minerals, topographic maps -a nd models. Field trips are an integral part of
the course.
Given Fall 1963, and every other term thereafter.
Prerequisite: Chemistry I or equivalent.
Three hours lecture and a two hour laboratory each week.
Geo 15 2 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY, 4 er.
A study of the geologic history of the earth and the succession of the major
groups of plants and animals as based on the geologic interpretation of rock
formations and fossils. Field trips are an integral part of the course.
Given Spring 1964, and every other term thereafter.
Prerequisite: Physical G eology or permission of instructor.
Three hours lecture and a two hour laboratory each week.
Geo 157 DESCRIPTIVE ASTRO NOMY, 3 er.
Recognition of the various elements of the solar system, their physical characteristics and motions, the phenomena of the galactic system and the extragalactic space and the constellations, with a consid eration of the mathematical phases generally omitted from studies of the kind.
Given every term as Physics 110 by the Science D epartment.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 202 COMMERICAL AND I NDUSTRIAL G EOGRAPHY, 3 er.
A geographic analysis of the factors involved in the production and distribution of economic goods. Local and world patterns of co=erce and industry and their effect on national and international affairs are studied.
Given Fall 1964, Spring 1966, Su=er 1967.
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 203 TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION, 3 er.
National and international trade, transportation routes, and transportation
centers.
Not currently offered.
Prerequisites: World Geography I and Economic Geography.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 220 UNITED STATES AND PENN SYLVANIA, 3 er.
The physiography, climate, vegetation, population, land utilization, production and trade of the various r egions of the United States and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The first part of the course deals with Pennsylvania,
and through its economic position within the States, proceeds logically to
an analysis of the nation as a whole.
Given every term.
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.

92

Geo 243 CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES, 3 er.
Emphasizes the development of a working philosophy of conservation and
the use of the various types of natural resources. The relationship between
loss and waste in the varied uses of the natural resource, as in processing,
production,transportation, and/or maintenance, will be considered.
Given Summer 1964, Fall 1965, Spring 1967.
Prerequisite: World Geography I or permission of instructor.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 254 METEOROLOGY, 3 er.
An introduction to the physics of the atmosphere, approached from the
standpoint of earth - atmosphere interaction. The effects of the physical
controls such as land and water distribution upon weather and climate is
emphasized. Weather map analysis and weather observations are integral
parts of the course.
Given Fall 1963, and every other term thereafter.
Prerequisite: World Geography I or permission of instructor.
Two hours lecture and a two hour laboratory each week.
Geo 255 CLIMATOLOGY, 3 er.
A systematic study of the climatic r egions of the world and the advantages
and limitations of each for man's occupance. The physical aspects of the
atmosphere and the regional characteristics of climate are examined.
Given Spring 1964, Summer 1965 and Fall 1966.
Prerequisite: M eteorology or permission of instructor.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 261 PHYSIOGRAPHY, 3 er.
The study of the history, origin, and characteristics of land forms produced
by weathering, fluvial , glacial, wind, and wave erosion, or by a combination
of these acting upon the major kinds of geologic materials and structures.
Not currently offered.
Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permission of instructor.
Two hours lecture and a two hour laboratory each week.
Geo 303 COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORTATION, 3 er.
The geographic factors which have determined commercial air centers and
routes. The effects of national and international controls are considered.
Not currently offered.
Prerequisite: World Geography I and Economic Geography.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 310 URBAN G EOGRAPHY, 3 er.
An analysis of cities in selected regions: classification, location, distribution,
function and growth; types and patterns of land use. Geography in city
planning will culuminate the study.
Given Fall 1964, Spring 1966, Summer 1967.
Prerequisite : World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 320 GEOGRAPHY OF U NITED STATES AND CANADA, 3 er.
A r egional study of the United States and Canada, considering man's adjustment to the physical factors of relief, climate, soil, vegetation and mineral
resources. Political structure, and the relationships between the two countries and the rest of the world are analyzed from a geogmphic point of view.
Not currently offered .
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
93

/

G eo 322 GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 3 er.
A regional analysis of Pennsylvania, emphasizing man's cultural a nd economic response to environmental factors. Field trip s are an intergral part of the
course.
Given Su=er 1964, Fall 1965, Spring 1967.
Prerequi site : World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 323 GEOGRAPHY OF L ATIN AMERICA, 3 er.
The effe cts of the physical environment of Latin America upon the activities
of m a n. Effects of th e hi stori cal background, types of governments, and
ethnic backgrounds of the p eoples upon the develop ment of the natural resources of Latin America . The study is regional by na tions.
Given every Spring Trimester.
Prerequisi te: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 325 GEOGRAPHY OF E UROPE, 3 er.
Europe's natural a nd p oli tical regions, emphasizing the complexity of the
continen t's natura l and cultural landscape, a nd the effect they have had on
the occupa nts pas t and present.
G iven every Fall Trim ester.
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 329 GEOGRAPHY OF As rA, 3 er.
A r egiona l study of the continent of Asia. An analysis of the political subdivisions will be made from the standpoint of cultural and political changes,
as influen ced by the physical nature of each province. The significance of
these changes in world relations is stressed.
Given Spring 1964, Summ er 1965, Fall 19 66.
Prerequisite: W orld Geogra phy I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 330 GEOGRAPHY OF TH E SOVIET U NIO N, 3 er.
A regional stud y of the p hysical a nd cul tural features of the Soviet Union.
The emphasis is p laced u pon those factors responsible fo r the current position of the Soviet U nion as a major world p ower, and u pon potential future
development.
Given Fall 1964, Spring 1966, Su=er 1967.
Prerequisi te: World Geogra phy I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 33 1 GEOGRAPHY OF T HE FAR EAST, 3 er.
The natural environment of China, J apan, Southeastern Asia, Korea, and
m a n's adjustments economically, politically, and socially.
Not currently offe red .
Pre requi site: W orld Geography I
Three class hours each week.
Geo 333 GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA, 3 er.
A regional study of Afri ca, showi ng the social a nd economic development of
these lands in rela tion to their ph ysical envi ronment. T he importance of
Afri ca to the world, a nd th e effect thereon of emergent nationalism in an
Africa torn by strife a r e studied .
Given Fall 1963, Spring 1965, Summer 1966.
Prerequi site : W orld Geography I
Three class hours each week.
G eo 334 GEOGRAPHY OF T HE PACIFIC BAS IN, 3 er.
Lands and p eoples of the grea t ocea n. Pa rti cular a ttention is given to Australia, Indonesia, N ew Zeala nd and t he Phili ppin es.
Not currently offered .
Prerequisite: World Geography I
Three class hours each week.
94

Geo 341 GEOGRAPHY INFLUENCES IN AMERICAN HISTORY, 3 er.
The interrelationships between the natural environment and the historical
development of the United States. The attraction of North America for
colonization, the expansion from sea to sea, the absorption of millions of
immigrants, the schism and refusion of the nation, the development of resources to a position of world power are considered.
Given Spring 1964, Summer 1965, Fall 1966.
Prerequisites: World Geography I, Geography of the United
States, History of the United States.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 342 WORLD PROBLEMS IN GEOGRAPHY, 3 er.
A political geography giving attention to the problems of State, internal and
external, as influenced by the human and natural resources.
Given Fall 1963, Spring 1965, Summer 1966.
Prerequisites: World Geography I, Economic Geography,
and at least one regional course.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 358 O CEANOGRAPHY, 3 er.
An introduction to the physical nature of the ocean, its topography and circulation. Chemical and physical nature of ocean water. Marine sedimentation. Biotic environments. R elation to biological, geographical, geologic and
economic problems, including fish eries. Given Fall 1964 and every Fall Trimester thereafter.
Two hours lecture and a two-hour laboratory each week.
Geo 360 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, 3 er.
A study of the physical elemen ts in the geographic pattern of man's environment. Introductory phases of systematic geography. Field problems are an
integral part of the course.
Given every Spring Trimester.
Prerequisite: World Geography.
Three hours lecture each week plus field trips.
Geo 370 CARTOGRAPHY, 3 er.
A non-techni cal laboratory course designed to develop competence in map
use and evaluation. Compilation of maps from statistical, descriptive, and
cartographic sources. Use and interpretation of globes, car tog rams, and
geographic/geologic diagrams, topographic maps, and a erial photographs.
History of maps.
Given Spring 1964, every other term thereafter.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Two hou rs lecture and a two-hour laboratory each week.
Geo 401 SPECIAL PROBL EMS IN GEOGRAPHY OR EARTH SCIE NCE I , 1 er.
Development of individual research problems by majors. Does not replace
any course regularly given.
Given every term.
Prerequisite : Seminar a nd/ or p ermission of staff.
Hours to be arranged.
Geo 402 SPECIAL PRO BLEMS IN GEOGRAPHY OR EARTH SCIENCE II, 2 er.
Development of individual research problems by majors. Does not replace
any course regularly given.
Given every term.
Prerequisite: Seminar and/or permission of staff.
Hours to be arranged.
Geo 403 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOGRAPHY OR EARTH SCIENCE III, 3 er.
Development of individual research problems by majors. Does not replace
any course regularly given.
Given every term.
Prerequisite: Seminar and/or permission of staff.
Hours to be arranged.
95

Geo 420 SUMMER FIELD CouRSE I, 1 er.
Planned trips in summer sessions, during which lectures and discussions are
conducted.
Open to all students.
G eo 421 SUMMER FIELD CO URSE II, 2 er.
Planned trips in summer sessions, during which lectures and discussions are
conducted.
Open to all students.
Geo 422 SUMMER FIELD CO URSE III, 3 er.
Planned trips in summer sessions, during which lectures and discussions are
conducted.
O pen to all students.
Geo 430 FIELD M ETHODS IN GE OGRAP HY AND EARTH SCIE NCE, 3 er.
An intensive micro-geographic-geologic study through actual field work. An
advanced course; permission of staff r equired for registra tion.
Given every Spring Trim ester.
One h our lectur e and fo ur to eight h ours field work each
week.
Geo 490 Ho NoRs Co uRsE IN GEOGRAPH I, 3 er.
Di rected r eading and research in fi eld of interest chosen by student in consulta tion with the instructor.
G ive n every term.
P rerequisites: P rovisions of the H onors Program of the college. Approval of staff of the d epartment.
Weekly m ee ti ng with instructor to be arranged .
Geo 49 1 HoNoRs CouRSE IN GEOGRAPH Y II, 3 er.
Continued , but individual, r esearch on par ticular topic chosen from fi eld of
interest studied in G eog raphy 490. Comprehensive oral and written examination by staff near close of this trimester.
Given every term.
P rerequisite: Geography 490
W eekly meeting with instructor to be arranged .
G eo 492 H o NoRs Co uRsE IN GEOGRAPHY III, 3 er.
The writi ng of a n undergrad uate thesis based upon the work of G eog raphy
490 and 49 1. Com prehensive oral exami nation by faculty near close of this
trimester.
Given every term.
Prerequisite : Geography 491
Weekly meeting with instructor to be arranged .
Geo 495 SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPH Y AND E ARTH SCIENCE, 3 er.
An introd uction to the li teratu re, philosophy, tech niques, and research m ethods of geography and/ or earth science.
Given Fall 1963, every oth er term thereaft er.
H ou rs to be arranged .

HEALTH AND PHYSIC A L
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Mr. H es ter, D epartment H ead'; Miss M cConn ell, Mr. N em eth, Miss Nevin,
M r. R oss, Dr. Sweeney, Mr. Witchey.
H & PE 10 1 PHYS ICAL EDUCATION I - MEN, 1 er.
The purpose is to help students attain a high degree of physical fitness and
to g row in m en tal an d emotional fitness through a p rogram which includes
seasonal sports. T he development of those skills which m ay be carried on in
college and after college life.
T wo class hours each week.
H & PE 102 PHYSICAL EDUCATIO N I - WoME N, 1 er.
The purpose is to help students attai n a high degree of physical fitness and
96

to grow in mental and emotional fitness through a program which includes
seasonal sports. The development of those skills which may be carried on in
college and after college life.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 105 HEALTH - MEN, 2 er.
Consideration is given to physical and m en tal equipment of the individual
with the hop e that practical application will be mad e in personal and community living.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 106 H EALTH - WoMEN, 2 er .
Consideration is given to physical and m ental equipment of the individual
with the hope that practical application will be made in personal and community living.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 201 PHYSICAL EDUCATION II, - ME N, 1 er.
To furth er develop skills and physical ap titudes and to grow in mental and
emotional fitn ess. Emphasis being placed on individual sports.
Prerequisite: Physical Education I.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 202 PHYSICAL EDucATIO N II - WOMEN, 1 er.
To furth er develop skills and physical aptitudes and to grow in m ental and
emotional fitness. Emphasis being placed on individual sports.
Prerequisite : Physical Education I.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 30 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATIO N III - MEN, 1 er.
Specialization in selected activities aimed to being personal performance
ability to advanced levels.
Prerequisites: Physical Education I and II.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 302 PHYSICAL EDUCATION III - WOMEN, 1 er .
Specialization in selected activi ties aimed to bring p ersonal performance
abi li ty to advanced levels.
Prerequisites : Physical Educaton I and II.
Two class hours each week.

HIGHWAY SAFETY AND
DRIVER EDUCATION
H Saf 30 1 DRIVER EDUCATIO N AND TRAF FIC SAFETY, 3 er.
Classroom instruction combined with road training and the teaching of driving to beginners using dual control cars. Emphasis is placed upon the essential facts, principles, skills and attitudes necessary for good driving and the
teaching of same to beginning drivers. Ability to use and interpret the results
of psycho-physical testing is r equired .
Three class and three practicum hours each week.
H Saf 302 INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION, 3 er.
The development of habits and atti tudes that will make for safe living by
both teachers a nd stud ents. Acquaintance with 1. Rules, r egulations and
laws concerning the operation of motor vehicles; 2. Rules, and regulations
of pedes trian travel; 3. Other hazards to which we are commonly subjected
such as fire, electricity, etc., especially in the home and school.
Three class hours each week.
H Saf 303 MATERIALS AND M ETHODS IN T RAFFIC SAFETY IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND ELEMENTARY GRADES, 3 er.
The developmen t of habits and attitudes that will better enable the elementary and secondary school teacher in the teaching of safety at home and in
the school. Evaluation of curricular materials, teacher as safely counselor,
basic facts relating to accidents and hazards.
Three class hours each week.

97

·'

H

Saf

401

ORGANIZATIO N A N D ADMI N ISTRATIO N OF SAFETY
EDUCATION , 3 er.

Curriculum content and exp eriences for all school grad es in safety education,
its organization and g raduation for teaching purposes. Ways and means of
administering a safety education program .
Three class hours each week.

H S a f 402 VISU AL A N D OTHER Am s I N SAF E TY ED UC ATION , 3 er.
D iscussion of practical values in visua l a nd other sensory aids; guiding principles and technique in the teachi ng of safety education.
Two class an d two practicum hours each week.
H S af 403 P S Y C H OLOGY OF A CC ID ENT PREVENTION, 3 er.
The development of habits and attitud es that will better enable the elementary and second a ry school teacher in th e teaching of safety at home and in
the school. Eva luation of curricul a r materials, teacher as safety counseler,
basic fa cts relating to accidents and hazard s.
Three class hours each week.

INDUSTRIAL AR TS DEPARTMENT
Dr. Coover, Director; Mr. And erson, Mr. Birch, Dr. Campbell, Mr. Charney,
Mr. D ennis, Mr. H elsel, Mr. Hoover , Mr. Keightley, Mr.
M cCrory, Dr. L ebois, Mr. Sikora, Mr. Smoyer, Mr. Stavaski,
Mr. Swearinge n.
IA

100

FUNDAME N TALS OF WooD,

4

er.

Woodworking with th e major emphasis upon h and tool ope_rations, wood
turning, jig-saw work a nd wood fini shi ng. A variety of proJects are constructed which may be used in a late r teaching situation in the public schools.
The planning process is d emonstrated and used by the stud ents in addition
to a pupil personnel system both of which have a place in the Industrial
Arts work.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hou rs each week.

101 FUNDAMEN TA LS OF GRAPHIC ARTS, 4 er.
A study of the many p rocesses involved in the graphi c a rts . Major emphasis
is placed on letterpress composition, platen press ope ration, additional study
of ink, paper, printing plates, composing methods, history, and the importance of the industry.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA

IA 150
I N TROD UC TORY M EC HA N IC AL D RAWING , 2 er.
M echanical drawing with the major emphasi s upon the th eory of projection,
blu eprint reading, ske tching, graphs, a nd charts, a nd basic form s of rep resentation such as multi-view p rojection, a uxiliary proj ection, sectioning, revolutions, dimensioning, isometric drawings and oblique dra wings.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA 151
GRAPHIC ARTs D ESIGN , 2 er.
Basic principles of printing layout a nd design are prese nted . The student is
given an opportunity to develop skills by applying these principles through
a ssigned drawings. This course is correlated with the Fundamentals of Graphic Arts course ( IA 101).
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA 200 FU N DAMENTALS O F SH EETME TAL, 4 er.
An introductory course g iving instruction in layout, seaming, soldering, riveting, shaping, and forming li gh t gauge metals. Emphasis is placed on the safe
use a nd care of metalworking tools and equipment. Students gain experiences in proj ec t desi gn a nd construction suitable for use in sceondary schools.
It is recommended th at th e student enroll for IA 250 along with this course.
Two d emonstration and six laboratory hours each week.

98

IA 201 FUNDAMENTALS OF MACHINE SHOP, 4 er.
Instruction in the operation of hand and machine tools, including the engine
lathe, and in foundry and forge practice, including the heat treatment of
steel.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 202 POWER MECHANICS, 4 er.
The internal combustion engine, uses, types, construction, function, and
theory. D isassemble, m inor repair, and adjustment of component parts and
assemblies of two and four cycle engines.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 250 SHEETMETAL DRAFTI NG, 2 er.
Surface developments of prisms, conicals, and transition pieces are studied.
Emphasis is placed on designing fun ctional proj ects. Many of the full-size
patterns the student draws are also used as construction problems in I A 200.
Prerequisite: IA 150.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA 251 MACHINE DRAWING AND D ESIGN, 2 er.
Special emphasis upon American Sta ndard drawing room prac tice in the
development of m echanical engineering drawings, conventional representation, standardization of machine parts and fasteners, preparation of tracings,
and the reproduction of industrial working drawings.
Prerequisite: Introductory Mechanical Drawing.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA 300 FUNDAME NTALS OF ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS, 4 er.
L a boratory experiences designed to a cquaint the student with the basic tools,
materials, and electrical phenonoma basic to living in the industrial society.
Student experiences include basic circuits fundamental to communications,
home, automobile, and motors, as well as practice in the use of instruments.
Prerequi site: Completion of college I. A. physics and registration in IA 350.
Two d emonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 30 1 CERAMICS, 4 er.
An introduction to Ceramics as an art, a craft, an industrial pursuit, and an
ed ucational vehicle. Students are taught the major forming, decorating, and
firin g processes in clay. Origi nality in ceramic design, sensitivity to tools and
m a terials and technical proficiency are stressed.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 302 ADVANCED WooDWORKING, 4 er.
Principally a course in machine woodworking. Safe operation of all basic
woodworking machines is demonstrated. Students make projects involving
operations in all basic machines. Spray finish method and techniques are
demonstrated. Maintenance of equipment is discussed.
Prerequisites : Fundamentals of Woodworking and Introductory Mechanical Drawing.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 303 CRAFTS, 4 er.
An introduction to the Crafts is provided in this course. Creative craftwork
is done in a variety of media such as clay, m etal, wood, leather, and mosaic.
Creative and aesthetic design is stressed as well as attainment of technical
proficiency. The student is made aware of the vital and significan t role of
crafts in life and education.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
I A 304 FU NDAMENTALS OF CoLDM ETAL, 4 er.
D evelopment and construction of ornamental iron projects, including lamps,
candle hold ers, wood baskets, and other projects suitable for high school
shops. The work includes both cold and hot forming.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.

99

IA 305 JEWELRY MAKI NG, 4 er.
The creative and aesthetic application of the fundamental processes of jewelry making are presented. Handwrought brooches, necklaces, bracelets, rings,
and other typ es of jewelry are designed by the student. In addition, the
student is introduced to the supp lementary crafts of lapidary and enameling usually associated with jewelry maki ng. Orginality in design, aesthetic
sensitivity, and craftsmanship are stressed.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.

IA 306 PLASTICS , 4 er.
A general introduction to the history and development of plastics, with laboratory work in the designing a nd construction of plastic products.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 307 L EAT HERCRAFT, 4 er.
Such fu ndamentals leath ercraft techniques as carving, skiving, tooling, fini shing, sewing, and lacing of leather are taught. A problematic approach to
designing in leather is stressed, thus assuring originality of design and selfexpression. Through cr eative and a es thetic experiences, leathercraft becomes
an art expression.
T wo demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 308 FOUNDRY, 4 er.
For students who wish to m ajor in the fi eld of m etalworking. The course
is concerned with techniques in metal casting. Foundry procedures and processes th at permit an increase in scope of the school metalworking program
are covered.
T wo demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 309 FUNDAMENTALS OF AR T METAL, 4 er .
The beginner is directed to develop his techniques systematically and to
acquire a basic foundation in the art and science of metalcraft.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 310 ADVANCED ART METAL, 4 er.
To provide experience in plan ning and development of jigs and fixtures;
forging of stamping and chasi ng tools; making tools for die cutting and cutting dies. Practice with new techniqu es in metalworking. Organization of
teaching materials and curriculum development.
Prereq uisites: IA 200 and I A 309.
Two demonstration and si..x laboratory hours each week.
IA 311 FUNDAME N T ALS OF PHOT OGRAPHY, 4 er.
This cou rse deals with the fu nd amental and advance problems of Photography. It includes the study and care of cameras, picture compositions, developing, contact printing, enlarging, dodging, toning and photo finishing .
Special problems are assign ed to individual students.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 3 12 ADVA NCED P LASTICS , 4 er.
A study of new plastics and their uses. The designing of molds and forms
for use in plastics. A study of molding problems and processes.
Prerequisite : IA 306
T wo demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 35 0 ELEC TRI CAL DR AF TI NG AN D TH E O RY, 2 er.
Fundamental theory of electricity and electronics with emphasis on practical applications. Practice is given in the use of electrical measuring units
and American Standard symbols as applied to electrical circuit diagrams.
Prerequisite : Knowledge of mathematics, completion of
IA 150, and registration in IA 300.
Four laboratory hours each week.
100

IA 351
INDUSTRIAL ARTS DESIGN, 2 er.
Design is studied as a process made up of three major components: the creative, the aesthetic, and the technical. Students experience design creatively
and aes thetically by actively participating in a series of design problems
which stress the sensitive use of the elements and principles. Creative thinking and aesthetic sensitivity are encouraged and developed.
Prerequisite: IA 151.
Four laboratory hours each week.

352 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING, 2 er.
Design experience is provided in a basic residence planning. The fundamental sequences in designing and drawing a residence are stressed and the
student completes all architectural drawings necessary for construction. Elements of the course include: architectural styles, area planning, structural
detailing, pictorial rendering, building specifications and cost analysis.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA

353 SHOP PLANNING, 2 er.
Experience is provided in all phases of modern industrial arts laboratory
planning. The student proceeds through the entir e sequence of shop planning-from the original design to the completion of all drawings necessary
for the construction of industrial arts facilities. The major units of the
course include: types of industrial arts programs, principles of laboratory
planning, equipment selection, architectural and engineering practices, and
evaluation of ind us trial arts facilities.
Four class hours each week.
IA

IA 355 ADVANCED AR C HIT EC TURAL DRAFTING, 2 er.
Provides broad experiences in general architectural design and drafting
techniques. The fun ction al approach to the design of residences and comm ercial buildings is stressed. New trends in architectural design and new
drafting t echniques are introduced.
Prerequisite: Architectural Drafting.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA 400 Fu N DAME N TALS OF ELE CTRO NICS , 4 er.
Laboratory experiences in the use of electronic instruments ; practi cal study
of basic electronic circuits including power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, to
flip-flop; and studies of fundam ental components including vacuum tubes
and transistors.
Prerequisites: Completion of IA 300 and IA 350.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 401
PATTER N MAKING, 4 er.
For students who wish to major in woodworking in preparation for teaching
a unit shop. Basic principles involved in the ma king of wood patterns and
core boxes are stressed. T echniqu es are demonstrated. Patterns and core
boxes made by students are used in the school foundry.
T wo demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 402
ADVA NCED MAC HINE SHOP, 4 er.
Experience in the opera tion of the milling machine, shaper, the drill press,
and the engine lathe ; in indexing and in th e heat treatm en ts of metals. Special emphasis is placed upon assembly and mass production.
Prerequisite: IA 20 l.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 404 ADVANCED GRAPHIC ARTS, 4 er.
A continuation of IA 101 covering the organization of suitable shop equipment and teaching material, and providing experience in the study, selection and development of binding projects suitable for secondary schools.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
101

IA 405

SPECIAL MACHI NE SHoP, 4 er.
Project work in machine shop practice. Admission only by consent of the
instructor.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 406 ADVA NCED ELECTRICITY, 4 er.
Laboratory experiences in electrical power. Practice is provided with advanced instrumentation distribution circuits, motors and motor control, and
transformer design. Students design, construct, and test a practical transformer.
Prerequisites: Completion of IA 300 and I A 350.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 408
ADVANCED SHEETM E T AL SHOP, 4 er.
To provide practice in d evelopment and construction of advanced projects,
e.g., equipment and proj ects for school shop use. Study of sheetmetal trade
and industrial practices. Organization of teaching materials and curriculum
development.
Pre requisite: Shop 21.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 409
OFFSET - LITHOGR APH Y , 4 er.
An introduction to the basic principles of the offset-lithography printing
process. Specific a reas of work to include copy preparation, photography
as applied to lithography, photo-lithography camera operation, stripping,
platemaking, and press operation . Historical aspects, advantages of lithography, and current industrial practices and procedures ,are discussed thoroughly.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 410 FU N DA M EN TALS OF AUTO M ECHAN ICS, 4 er.
Credit is given for work taken a t Gene ra l Motors Institute.
IA 411 AD vA ' CED AuTo MECHA N ICS, 4 er.
Credit is given for work taken at General Motors Institute.
IA 412 SPECIAL AuTo ME CHANICS, 4 er.
Credit is given for work tak en a t General Motors Institute.
IA 460 ADVANCED GRAPHIC ARTS D ESIGN.
D esigning and preparing t eachin g materials as used in Advanced Graphic
Arts through the study and use of various media in preparing of illustrative
material for publication.
Two laboratory hours each week.
IA 461 ADVA NCED ME C HANICAL DRAWI NG, 2 er.
Special emphasis is placed upon the basic principles involved in machine
design. The possibilities and limitations of the common metals, mechanical
movements, and the use of fasteners, and the application of machine fits are
stressed.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA

470

CLINICAL OnsERV ATIO N AND PR AC TICE IN MA NUA L ARTS
TH E RAPY I N ED UCATIONAL THERAPY, 6 er.

This course is d esigned to provide training ( through Hospital staff lectures
and practical clinical expe rience) in M anua l Arts, Industrial Therapy, and
Educational Therapy, as it is integrated in the Physical Medicine and R ehabilitation program of a hospital. As a phase of the professional educational requirements, which includes stud ent teaching, an intensive six-week course
is offered under the auspices of the professional staff at the L eech Farm
Veterans Administration Hospital in Pittsburgh. Open to Juniors, Seniors,
and Graduate Students in all curriculums. This course is offered as pa rt of
student teaching and a lso as part of the college summer school program.
IA 490 HoNORS CouRsE I N I NDUSTRIAL ARTS I, 4 er.
Individual study and research in the woodworking area.
Prerequisite: Advanced Woodworking.
102

IA 491 HoNORs CouRSE IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS II, 4 er.
Individual study and research in the metalworking area.
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Machine Shop and Advanced Machine Shop.
IA 492 HO NORS CoURSE IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS III, 4 er .
Individual study and research in the graphic arts area.
Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Graphic Arts. Advanced
Graphic Arts.
IA 495

SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS, 1 er.

MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT
Mr. Monroe, Department Head; Mr. Atkins, Mr. Bethem, Mr. Beyer, Mr.
Dunbar, Mr. Fernandes, Mr. Novak, Mr. Sapko, Dr.
Thomas.
Math 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS, 3 er.
Development of the number system; nature and application of fundamental
processes; extension of the number system to include common and decimal
fractions and negative numbers ; approximate nature of measurements; percents; language of algebra including formulas, graphs, tables, and equations;
meaning of proof; elementary concepts of statistics; art of indirect measurement; history of number systems, number line, inequalities, basic set notation, general principles of geometry.
Three class hours each week.
Math 102 COLLEGE ALGEBRA, 3 er.
Fundamental operations; factoring; fractions ; functions and their graphs,
linear, quadratic, and systems of equations; proportions and va riation; progressions; mathematical induction; d eterminants; equivalence relations; postulates of addition and multiplication ( closure, associative, commutative, distributive, identi ty, and inverse) .
Prereq uisite: Three years of high school mathematics or
honor grade in Fundamentals of Mathematics.
Three class hours each week.
Math 103 COLLEGE TRIGO NOMETRY, 3 er.
Functions of an angle; logarithms; use of tables ; radians; identities; trigonometric and exponential equations; solution of triangles by natural functions
and logarithms; inverse functions; complex numbers; application in practical
problems.
Prerequisite: College Algebra.
Three class hours each week.
Math 104 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY, 3 er.
Correlation of algebra and geometry in finding equations of loci and loci
corresponding to certain equations; properties of the straight line, the circle and conic sections ; rec tangu lar and polar coordinates; transformation of
coordinates; parametric equations; a brief introduction to three dimensions.
Prerequisites: College Algebra and Trigonometry; students
presenting evidence of proficiency may take electives for six credits in place
of algebra and trigonome try.
Three class hours each week.
Math 105 CALCULUS I - DIFFERE NTIAL, 3 er.
Elementary concepts of limits; the derivative applications of the derivative
to maxima and minima, rates, velocity, acceleration.
Prerequisite: Analytic Geometry.
Three class hours each week.
103

Math 106

GEOMETRY I, 3 er.
Professionalized subject matter background for teachers of secondary school
plane geometry; completes a restudy of Euclidean Geometry filling in gaps
that exist. The emphasis here is placed in greater rigor in proofs. The approach used is that presented by Hilbert. Topics included are: the nature of
defined and undefined terms, the use of postulates, the nature of a proof,
logical proofs, constructions, and sets. The course includes work in both
two and three dimensional geometry.
Three class hours each week.
Math 201 CALCULUS II - I NTEGRAL, 3 er.
Integration as the inverse of differentiation; formulas of intergration; the
definite integral; methods of integration; integration as the limit of a sum
applied to areas, volumes, lengths of curves and other practical problems.
Differential and Integral Calculus may be taught as a unified course.
Prerequisite: Calculus I.
Three class hours each week.
Math 202 CALCULUS III, 3 er.
Continuation of studies begun in Calculus I and Calculus II, extension of
concepts of differentials, and integration, problems taken from the physical
sciences; Rolle's Theorem of Mean Value, Indeterminate forms, emphasis
on proofs and applications; curvature; series and expansion of functions;
hyperbolic functions; partial derivatives and applications; mutiple integrations and problems involving them.
Prerequisite. Calculus II.
Three class hours each week.
Math 203 GEOMETRY II, 3 er.
Topics of axiomatic geom etry; selected topics of Euclidean Geometry such
as theorems of Memelaus and Ceva; H armonic elements and cross-ratio ; an
introduction to synthetic and analytic projective geometry; concepts of NonEuclidean Geometries.
Prerequisite: Geometry I.
Three class hours each week.
Math 204 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA, 3 er.
The number system; number theory; elementary theory of groups; rings;
integral domain ; fi elds ; matrices and determinants.
Prerequisite: Calculus I.
Three class hours each week.
Math 205 FIELD WORK IN MATHEMATICS, 3 er.
Use of various instruments including the transit, slide rule, plane table, level
sextant, E6B computer, hypsome ter, angle mirror, planimeter, computing
machines and other measuring instruments. Student projects making use of
the various instruments.
Prerequisite: College Trigonometry.
Three class hours each week.
Math 302 THEORY OF EQUATIONS, 3 er.
Complex numbers; theorems involving polynomials in one variable; cubic
and biquadratic equations; separations of roots ; Sturm's theorem and approximate evaluation of roots.
Prerequisite: Calculus II.
Three class hours each week.
Math 303 DIFFERE NTIAL EQUATIONS, 3 er.
Elementary ordinary differential equations and their use in a wide variety
of applications in geometry, engineering and physical sciences; methods employing symbolic operators; approximations, techniques and series solution.
Prerequisite: Calculus II.
Three class hours each week.
104

Math 304 STATISTICS, 3 er.
Basic principl es and m ethods of statistics common to scientific research; probability theory, measures of central tend ency ; bionomial distribution, normal curve ; r eliability of statistical m easures; statistical inference, confidence
limits, Bayes Theoem.
Prerequisite : College Algebra.
Three class hours each week.
Math 390 M ATH EMATICAL I NSIGH TS, 3 er.
Language; symbols; compound statements; a rguments and proofs; an introduction to the theory of se ts ; connection between the structure of sets and
the structure of compound statements and arguments.
P rereq uisite : Calculus II.
Three class hours each week.
Math 401 ADVANCED CALCALus I , 3 er.
Elementa ry differentia l and integral calculus of functions and transformations from a more rigorous point-set topology point of view. This course is
primarily for those who will continue with gradua te work in mathematics.
Prerequ isi tes : Calculus III a nd Differential Equations.
Three class hours each week.
M a th 402 ADVANCED CALCULU S II, 3 er.
Continuation of Advanced Calculu s I.
Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus I.
Three class hours each week.
M a th 420 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE, 3 er.
The alegebraic approach to t opics of money, interest, discount, annuities,
insura nce and related subj ects.
M a th 490 HoNoRs CouRSE IN MATH EMATICS, 3 er.
Individual study and research on topics and materials not cover ed by regular course work in ma thematics.
Prerequisite: 64 credits completed or scheduled with a QPA
of 3.2 5 in all work, recommendation of the mathema tics faculty, approval
of the D epa rtment H ead and the D ean of Instruction.
M a th 491 H oNORS Co uRsE IN M ATH EMATICS, 3 er.
Individual study and research on topics and m aterials not covered by regular
course work in mathematics.
Prerequisite : 64 cr edits completed or scheduled with a QPA
of 3. 25 in all work, recommend ation of the mathematics faculty, approval
of the D epartment H ead a nd the D ean of Instruction.
Math 492 HO NORS CouR sE IN M ATHEMATrc s, 3 er.
Individual study a nd research on topics and materials not covered by regular
course work in ma themati cs.
P rerequisite: 64 credits completed or scheduled with a QPA
of 3. 25 in all work, recommendation of the mathematics faculty, approval
of the D epartment H ead and the D ean of Instruction.
M a th 495 SEMINAR IN M ATHEMETrc s .

MODERN LANGUAGE
Dr. H alley, Mr. Long, Dr. Marisa, Mrs. Leyte-Vidal.
Mod Lang 490

HoNORs CouRsE IN MODERN L ANGUAGE

Mod Lang 491
Mod Lang 492

HoNORS CouRsE IN MODERN LANGUAGE
Ho NORS CouRSE IN MODERN LANGUAGE

Mod Lang 495

SEMINAR IN MODERN LANGUAGE
105

FRENCH

Fr 101

ELEME NTARY FRENC H I, 3 er.
For the student without previous knowledge of French who wishes to achieve
a sound basis for an active command of the language. This course is devo ted to aural - oral adaptation in the language laboratory and to the study of
fund amental speech pattern s. Progressively greater emphasis is placed on
correct grammar, writing and r eading.
Not open to students who h ave had secondary school French .
Prerequi si tes:
one.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 102 ELEME N T ARY FRENCH II, 3 er.
A continuation of Elementary French A fo r students who wish to increase
thei r oral comprehension and their reading skill. There will be a review of
the fundam entals of French g rammar, combi ned with extensive readings in
literary and cultural texts.
Prerequisite: O pen to all stud ents who have passed French
I or have had one year of secondary school preparation.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 103
I N T ERMEDIATE F RENCH I , 3 er.
(French Grammar and prose reading ). For studen ts who have completed
cou rses A and B or two years of secondary school French. This course d evelops aural - oral skills and increases the command of written French. R eview and practice wi ll be fun ctional, combined with outside readings. Conducted largely in French.
Prerequisites: French A and B.
Three class hours each week.
Fr. 104
I N T ERMEDIATE F RENCH II, 3 er.
(Conversation, Composition, and R eading) . For students who are interested
primarily in achieving flu ency in speech and writing. The course is conducted, to a great extent, in French. After a short r eview of formal grammar
selec ted literary texts wi ll be read and discussed.
Prereq uisite: Course 103 or equivalent.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 20 1 FRENCH CULTURE AND C1v1L1ZATIO N I , 3 er.
The purpose of this course is to study French culture and literature from
the Middle Ages to the Twenti eth Century. Selected literary works will be
analyzed and discussed in French and in English.
Prer eq uisite : An ability to understand spoken French and
to read with ease.
Three class hours each week.
Fr. 202 FRENCH C uLTURE AN D C1v1L1ZATION II, 3 er.
This is a continuation of French 201. More and more French will be introduced into discussions of French Culture and works of literature. Occasionally, conversation will be held on current events in French.
Prerequisite: French 20 1.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 301 FRE N CH LITERATURE I , 3 er.
Conducted largely in French . A history of the ongms of modern ideas in
scepticism and fre e thought. Subj ect matter will include works of D escartes,
C orneille, Pascal, Moliere, La Fontaine, R aci ne and other classical writers.
Prerequisite: Pass oral proficiency exami nation .
Three class hou rs each week.
Fr 302 FRE NC H LIT ERAT URE II, 3 er.
A study of eighteenth cen tury though t from its ongms through the French
R evolution. Life and works of R ousseau, V oltaire, Diderot, the women of
the literary salons, and thei r influence in French History.
Three class hours each week.

106

Fr

401

READINGS IN CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LITERATURE,

3

er.

Themes and techniques in fiction from the romantic period through Malraux
and Bernanos. A close study of Flaubert's "Madame Bovary" will be made
for social background. Conducted in French.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 402
HISTORY OF FRENCH L ITERATURE, 3 er.
This course will consist of class reading and analysis of works of leading
French authors and literary critics.
Three class hours each week.

Fr 461
Fr

462

FIELD WoRK I N FRE NC H STUDIES,
FIELD WORK IN FREN C H STUDIES,

3

er.

3

er.

GERMAN

101 ELEMENTARY GERMAN I , 3 er.
This course is intended for those who have had no previous instruction in
German. Its purpose is to give basic instruction in the four goals of understanding, speaking, readi ng, and writing. Emphasis is placed upon speaking,
but a sufficient outline of grammar for this level is also provided.
Three class hours each week.

Gr

102 ELEME N TARY GERMAN II, 3 er.
This course is a continuation of Elementary German I , but it contains more
reading, and the speaking is more advanced.
Three class hours each week.

Gr

103 I N TERMEDIATE GERMAN I , 3 er.
This course is intended for those who have had German 102, or two years
of high school German, or the equivalent. The goals are understanding,
speaking, r eading, and writing on a more advanced level. There is a review
of the structural principles covered in G erman 101 and 102, and additional
grammatical material, idioms, etc., are presented. There is more emphasis
laid upon reading and speaking.
Three class hours each week.
Gr

104 I NTERMEDIATE GERMAN II, 3 e r .
This course is a continuation of Gr 103, but there is more speaking, r eading,
and writing, and less grammar.
Three class hours each week.

Gr

201 GERMAN CULTURE AND C1v1LIZATION I, 3 er.
This course is a study of German literature with particular reference to the
G erman people and th eir geographical, historical, economic, and political
background; to their art and folklore.
Three class hours each week.
Gr 202
GERMA N CULTURE AND CrvrLIZATION II, 3 er.
This course is a continuation of German 201.
Three dass hours each week.
Gr 205
GERMA N CONVERSATION AND CoMPOSITION I , 3 er.
This course devotes all its attention to th e further developm ent of the knowledge of and skill in conversation and composition, based upon a relatively
small amount of reading which is particularly adapted to this purpose.
Three class hours each week.
Gr 206
ADVA NCED CO NVERSATIO N A N D COMPOSITION II, 3 e r .
This course is a continuation of German 205 and is conducted on a more advanced level.
Three class hours each week.
Gr

107

Gr 401 CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE I , 3 er.
This course contains readings from representative poets, dramatists, novelists,
short story writers, and essayists of the twentieth century. Particular attention is given to trends in thought, litera ry analysis, and the social and political scene. Discussions are held in German .
Three class hours each week.
Gr 402 CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE II, 3 er.
This course consists of r eadi ngs from contemporary newspapers and periodicals. D iscussions in German are h eld with refer ence to the reading matter
and the contemporary scene in Germany.
Three class hours each week.
Gr 412 HISTORY OF GERMANY
This course contains readings and discussions m German of the history of
the country.
Three class hours each week.
Gr 461 FIELD WORK IN G ERMAN STUDIES I, 3 er.
Gr 462 FIELD WORK IN GERMAN STUDIES II, 3 er.
RUSSIAN
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus
Rus

101
102
103
104
201
202
301
302
401
402

ELEMENTARY R USSIAN I
ELEMENTARY RU SSIAN II
I NTERMEDIATE R USSIAN J
I NTERM EDIATE R USSIAN II
R USSIAN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION J
RUSSIAN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATIO N II
Ru ssIA LITERATURE I
R USSIAN L ITERATURE II
READI NGS IN CO NTEMPORARY R USS IAN LITERATURE
R USSIAN HISTORY
SPANISH

Span 101 ELEMENTARY SPA rsH I , 3 er .
Oral Spanish. L aboratory practice is compulsory.
Three class hours a nd one laboratory h our each week.
Span 102 ELEMEN TARY SPANISH II, 3 er.
Practical a nd theore tical Spanish. L aboratory practice is compulsory. ( Stud ents without an adequ ate background of two years of high school Spanish
will be required to complete E lementary Spanish I and II. These credits
will be counted toward the area of speciali zation. ) Both courses can be taken
simultaneously for those specializing in Spanish .
Three class hours and on e labora tory h our each week.
Span -103 I NTERMEDIATE SPA NISH I , 3 er.
Gra=ar and conversational Spanish. Laboratory practice is compulsory.
Three class hours and on e laboratory h our each week.
Span 200 ADVA NC ED SPAN ISH I , 3 er.
Continuation of Spanish grammar and conversational Spanish. L aboratory
practice is compulsory. Successful completion of previous course is prerequisite.
Three class hours and one laboratory hour each week.
Span 201 ADVANCED SPANISH II, 3 er.
Continuation of Spanish grammar and conversational Spanish. Laboratory
practice is compulsory.
Three class hours and one laboratory hour each week.

Span 202 HISTORY OF SPAIN AND HISPANIC AMERICA, 3 er.
~istory of Spain and Hispanic America. Understanding and speaking Spanish and a knowledge of Spanish grammar are prerequisites.
Three class hours each week.
Span 301 CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION OF SPAIN AND HISPANIC
AMERICA, 3 er.
Elemen ts of Spanish and Hispanic American culture and civilization. Understanding and speaking Spanish and a knowledge of Spanish grammar are
prerequisites.
Three class hours each week.
Spa n 302 LITERATUR E OF SPAIN, 3 er.
M asterpieces of Spanish literature of different eras. A knowledge of Spanish
culture and civilization is prerequisite.
Three class hours each week.
Span 401 LITERATURE OF HISPA NIC AMERICA, 3 er.
Panoramic view of Hispanic Ameri can literature. A knowledge of Hispanic
American culture and civilization is prerequisite.
Three class hours each week.
Span 402 READI NG IN HISPANIC AMERICAN LITERATURE, 3 er.
Continuation of reading in Hispanic American literature.
Three class hours each week.
PHILOSOPHY
Dr. Lackner, Mr. Walsh.
Phil 401 I NTRODU CTION TO PHILOSOPHY, 3 er.
This course is a n introduction to the great problems of philosophy as exemplified in th e pre-Socratics: Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas, D escartes,
Kant, Bergson, and others. The stud ent is provided with the opportunity of
r e-living and r e-thinking the ideas of the great philosophers of Western
civilization. A requirement is one or more term papers which demonstrate
proficiency in analyzing a train of thought.
Three class hours each week.
Phil 40 2 MoDERN PHILOSOP HY-DES CARTES TO KANT, 3 er.
Th e course will 1. familiarize the student with some of the basic writings of
men such as D escartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Hobbes, and K a nt ; 2. help
the student develop an over-all view of this philosophic end; 3. terminate
in a critical evaluation of the p eriod in terms of more recent d evelopments
in philosophy.
Three class hours each week.
Phil 403 CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY, 3 er.
It is assumed that the student who takes tile course is interested in discovering what philosophers histori cally "close to him" have said or a re saying.
It is expected that he will develop some insight into the interaction now
taking place between philosophy and culture, in general, and that his reading and research in such men as Ayer, Ryle, Heidegger, Kierkegaard and
D ostoyesky will culuminate in an acceptable term paper.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Philosophy.
Three class hours each week.
Phil 405 Lome, 3 er.
The course is a study of "the m ethods and principles u sed in distinguishing
correct from incorrect arguments." (Copi) The first part consists of a discussion of logical symbols and de-emotionalized language. The second part
is devoted to dedu ction. The third part is devoted to induction and the
scientific m ethod. The course also includes a discussion of informal fallacies
and the value and limitations of logic.
Three class hours each week.
109

Phil 410 PLATO AND ARISTOTLE, 3 er.
The course is d esigned to ( 1 ) diversify and yet intensify the student's knowledge of philosophy, (2) to help him see the interaction between Greek philosophy and culture and ( 3) the r elationship between our own culture and
that of the Greeks. The student will be given the opportunity to r ead significant selections from each man and encourage to r ead r elevant a nd established secondary sources. It is exp ected that the student's reading and research will be incorporated in the form of a term paper.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Philosophy.
Three class h ours each week.
Phil 415 EPISTEMOLOGY, 3 er.
In this course will be discussed the theories of knowledge of the more important Greek, Medieval, Mod ern and Contemporary philosophers. It will include analysis of the epistemological position of such men as Plato, Aristotle, Boethius, Aquinas, D escartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, H egel,
Bergson and Heid egger. The course will also includ e a discussion of the
notion that epistemology can be a starting point for philosophy by way of
critical analysis.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Philosophy.
Three class hours each week.
Phil 420

HISTORY AND PHILO SOPHY OF SCIENCE, 3 er.

Phil 430 ETHICS, 3 er.
This course will examine the major ethical systems of western civilization.
The student will be required to analyze the philosophical foundations of
these ethical systems, so that he will be able to judge for himself the merits
of the ethical point of view represented by each system studied.
Prerequisite: In troduction to Philosophy.
Three class hours each week.
PSYCHOLOGY
Psy 101 GE NERAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er .
A study of the psychological factors which d etermine human behavior.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 201 EDU CATIO NAL P SYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
The nature of the learning process with emphasis on the application of the
principles of p sychology to the problems of learning and teaching. An important aspect of the course is the study of actual classroom problems and procedures by observation of regular work and by special illustrative demonstrations in the laboratory school.
Prerequisi te: Gen eral Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 301 PsvCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENCE, 3 er.
A study of ( 1 ) d evelopmental needs and adjustment problems experienced
by pre-adolescents, adolescents, and young adults, (2) problems that confront parents, teachers, counselors, and other adults in their relations with
individuals in th ese age-groups, and ( 3) case reports of secondary school
pupils in need of various kinds of assistance.
Prerequisite: Gen eral Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 302 PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN, 3 er.
The problems of exceptional or atypical children . The major purpose is to
gain a functional understanding of the various types of psychological and
physical deviates, bo th as to th e genesis of their behavior processes, their
treatment, and the guiding principles involved in their training.
Prerequisite: General P sychology.
Three class hours each week.
11 0

Psy 310 MENTAL HYGIENE, 3 er.
Problems of personality and mechanisms of adjustment, including a study of
the origin and resolution of conflicts, and the role of emotion in the pattern
of behavior are studied.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 40 1 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
Psy 410 CLINICAL PsYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
Use of the case method of studying children; observation of and experience
with the individual testing of mentality, vision, h earing, motor speed, coordination, and other capacities. Enrollment is limited to small groups.
T hree class hours each week.
Psy 411 PRACTICU M IN PSYCHOLOGY, varyi ng er.
Case studies, practice in the giving, scoring, and interpretation of mental
tests, the making of personal inventories, and the use of clinical instruments.
One trimester of credit is allowed for each fifty hours of work satisfactorily
completed. Maximum credit: six trimester. hours. Open only to students
who have the proper prerequisites and to graduate students specializing in
psychological work. Admission by consent of the Director of the Clinic
and the D ean of Instruction.

SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
Mr. John Lewis, Dep artment H ead; Dr. Anderson, Mr. Bailey, D r. Bausor,
Mr. Buell, Mr. Craig, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Hartman, Dr. Lister, Mr. Matzen, Mr. M cCloskey, Mr. Petrick, Mr. Sepsi,
Dr. Serene, Mr. Serinko, Mr. Snyder, Mr. Walker, Mr.
Zadorozny, Mr. Zoppetti.
Sci 101 MAN AND Hrs BIOLOGICAL WORLD, 5 er.
This course deals with the functional principles of Biology. Concepts treated
include dependence upon physical surroundings; food getti ng; assimilation;
growth; maintenance of kind; classi fi cation ; reaction, adaptation, and constant adjustment to environment, and the use, improvement, and conservation of living thing~.
Five class hours each week.
Sci 111 MAN AND His PHYSICAL WORLD, 5 er.
A broad, survey-type, non-laboratory course devoted to the fields of physics,
chemistry and astronomy and their related branches. Besides lecture-recitation methods, motion pictures, demonstration experim ents, oral r eports
and other activi ties of a research or audio-visual project type are u sed.
Five class hours each week.
Sci 357 L ABORATORY SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS, 3 er. \
Sci 4 13 WORKSHOP IN SCIENCE, 3 er.
Sci 414 FIELD SCIENCE FOR T EACHERS, 3 er.
Sci 490 Ho NORS CouRsE IN SCIENCE, 3 er.
Sci 49 1 HO NORS COURSE IN SCIENCE, 3 er.
Sci 492 HONORS COURSE DI SCIENCE, 3 er.
BIOLOGY
Biol 101 GENERAL BIOLOGY, 4 er .
A beginning course dealing with basic concepts of Biology. Dependence upon
physical surroundings, food ge tting, assimilation, growth and maintenance
of kind are studied.
Three class and one three hour laboratory each week.
111

Biol 102 GENERAL BIOLOGY, 4 er.
A continuation of Biology 101. Classification, reaction, adaptation and constant adjustment to environment, the use and improvement of living things
and man's need to conserve livi ng things and their related natural resources
are studied.
Three class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 111 BOTANY I - FLOWERING PLANTS , 4 er.
Botany I is a study chiefly of the flowering plants. Topics include classification, anatomy, and life processes of cells, roots, stems, leaves, flowers, fruits,
seeds, and seedlings of selected plan ts.
Three class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 112 BOTANY II - NoN -FLOWERING PLANTS , 4 er.
A survey of the algae, fungi, bryophytes, pteriodophytes and gymnosperms
with special emphasis on possible evolutionary relationship. R egressive details of structure and fun ction are considered.
Three class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 121 ZOOLOGY I - I NVERTEBRATES , 4 er.
An elementary course in animal biology emphasizing the invertebrates. Included is morphology, physiology, life history, and inter-relationships of the
various phyla. Emphasis is given to those forms of special economic importance and with health implications to man. The course is designed for freshmen and sophomores. It should precede Zoology II.
Three class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 122 ZooLOGY II - VERTEBRATE, 4 er.
An elementary course in animal biology with emphasis on the vertebrates.
Topics include anatomy, physiology, origin, development, and life history of
representative animals. Special attention is given to the systems of organs
of selected animals, and their fun ctioning. The course is designed for freshmen and sophomores. It should follow Zoology I.
Three class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 201 VERTEBRATE ANATOMY, 3 er.
This course deals with the fund amental organ systems of vertebrates as they
apply to the cat. Comparisons are made with the organ systems of other
chordates.
Prerequisite: Zoology II or consent of the instructor.
Two class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 221 PHYSIOLOGY, 3 er.
The functions of the animal body. Basic physiological phenomena are studied
with considerable emphasis upon practical applications to the student's own
life and well being.
Prerequi site: Zoology II. It is strongly recommended that
Comparative Anatomy and Chemistry precede enrollment in Physiology.
Two class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 240 FIELD BOTA NY (LOCAL FLORA), 3 er.
A study of the identification and classification of the ferns and flowering
plants of Southwestern Pennsylvania.
Prerequisite: Botany I or the consent of the instructor.
Two class and three laboratory or field hours each week.
Biol 301 MICROBIOLOGY, 3 er.
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Culture, morphology, identification and control of bacteria are emphasized. Some attention is given to
the yeasts and the fungi. The role of microorganisms in nature and in industry is considered. Special attention is given to microorganisms of importance to health and sanitation.
Prerequisites : Botany I and II, Zoology I and II, Chemistry
I and II. Open to qualified juniors and seniors. Consent of instructor is required for any one lacking prerequisites.
Two class and one three hour laboratory each week.
112

Biol 321 GENETICS, 3 er.
The purpose of this course is to give the student an understanding of the
laws of inheritance as they operate in plants, animals, and humans. Cell
structure, Mendelian inheritance, Eugenics, linkage, probability, crossing
over, and random assortment are all considered.
Prerequisite: Six hours Biology.
Two class and one three hour laboratory each week.
Biol 331 ORGANIC EvoLUTION, 3 er.
An intensive study of the history of the evolutionary theory and its impact
upon the various disciplines of biology. The ideologies of the opposing schools
of thought of mod ern evolutionists are considered . The significance of the
evolutionary doctrine to the present concept of species and races is emphasized . This course is designed for mature students, preferably upperclassmen,
and is especially recommended for biology majors, and social science majors
with an interest in anthropology.
Three class periods each week.
Biol 360 FIELD ZooLOGY, 3 er.
Designed to acquaint students with the varied equipment and materials
utilized in collecting, mounting, and preserving zoological specimen ts; to give
them varied field experiences in the utilization of such equipment; to give
them the opportunity to make a personal collection to the familiar forms of
animal life of this region; and to give them practice in the identification and
study of these familar forms .
Two class and three laboratory or field hours each week.
Biol 361 ORNITHOLOGY, 3 er.
An introduction to the birds of Pennsylvania with special emphasis upon
their identification in the field. Abundant field work gives practice in recognition by plumage, song, form, and behavior. Lectures deal with classification, migration, distribution, habitat preferences, song, courtship, nesting
and rearing young, plumage changes, and economic importance. Open to
any studen t.
Two class and three laboratory or field hours each week.
Biol 362 ENTOMOLOGY, 3 er.
An introductory course to the study of insects. Insect structure, life history,
physiology, and economic importance are considered. An intensive study is
made of the major orders and the most important minor orders found in our
locality. Field work is r equired.
Prerequisite: Zoology I.
Two class and three laboratory or field hours each week.
Biol 401 Bronc PRINCIPLES, 5 er.
A comprehensive terminal course open only to biology majors. Taken preferably the trimester immediately preceding student teaching. The aim is to
summarize and correlate the various phases of undergraduate biology, and
to help the student gain a well form ed concept of the life sciences.
Five class hours each week.
Biol 410 GENERAL EMBRYOLOGY, 3 er.
A study of the nature of development of living things. Studies deal with
processes of germ cell formation and fertilization. Comparative embroyological development of amphioxus, the lamprey, the dogfish shark, the frog, the
chick, the pig and the human fetus.
Prerequisite: Verabrate Anatomy.
Two class and one three laboratory each week.
Biol 415 ANIMAL HrsTOLOGY, 3 er.
The microanatomy of selected animal tissues and organs. Includes practice
in the preparation and microscopic examination of materials.
Two class and one three hour laboratory each week.
113

Biol 420 ECOLOGY, 3 er.
This is a study of plants and animals in relation to their physical and biological environments. Concepts include migration, invasion, competition, climax, and post-succession. Considerable attention is given to plant and animal
communities of Pennsylvania. Individual problems may be assigned. Since
this is a terminal course in Biology, consent of the instructor is required before electing it.
Two class and three laboratory or field hours each week.
Biol 421 CONSERVATION OF BIOLOGICAL RESO URCES, 3 er.
This is a study of the basic principles of conservation as they affect Man.
The concepts taught include the historical background of the conservation
movement, and the problems of water, soils, food-producing lands, forests,
wildlife, minerals, areas of special use, and land-use planning. Special emphasis is placed upon conservation as it affects the individual in society.
Two class and three laboratory or fi eld h ours each week.
Biol 430 RADIATION BIOLOGY, 2 er.
Deals rigorously with the Biophysical Processes involved in the Absorption of
Radiation by living systems. Includes physiochemical production of radiation and nature of fundamental particles. Provides necessary background
for special certification in Adult Education. Offered to all science majors on
senior year level.
CHEMISTRY
Chem 101 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I , 4 er.
The course includes a chemical study of the structure and behavior of matter. Topics stressed the first trimester include atomic structure and valence,
equation and formula writing, the p eriodic table, the gas laws, oxidation and
reduction, solutions, ionization stoichiometry.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 102 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II, 4 er.
Includes the fundamental ideas concerning the common m etals and nonmetals, and introduction to radioactivity and nuclea r reactions and semimicro qualitative analysis.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 201 ANALYTICAL CHEMI STRY II, 4 er.
A study of the theoretical principles and practices underlying analytical
chemistry. I t includes study and practice in separating and identifying the
cations and anions, mathematical computations of chemical equilibria in solutions of electrolytes, and an in troduction to the statistical methods applicable to qualitative and quantitative procedures.
Prerequisite: Chemi stry 101 and 102.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 202 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II, 4 er.
A continuation of Chemistry III, including a study of the r elationship of
qualitative and quantitative analytical procedures; theory and practice of
volumetric, gravimetric, and colorimetric determinations; electro-deposition
and oxidation - reduction m ethods; and unknowns involving the practices
of both qualitative and quantitative procedures, stressing precision, accuracy,
significant figures, and errors.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 201.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 211 L ABORATORY TECHNIQUES IN CHEMISTRY, 3 er.
Includes laboratory planning ; selecting, care and storage of equipment,
making of solutions and various reagents from stock supplies. Setting up
classroom demonstrations for use in secondary schools is stressed.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 201 and 202.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
11 4

Chem 221 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY, 3 er.
The application of theories, laws and calculations of chemistry to industrial
processes. An intensive study of at least one major industrial process is made
by each student. The class work is supplemented by selected laboratory
experiences and numerous trips to neighboring industries.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 and 102.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 30 1 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I , 4 er.
An elective for those who plan to major or minor in Chemistry. It includes
a study of the hydrogen compounds of carbon of the a liphatic series with
emphasis on structural relationships and nomenclature as well as on uses and
characteristics properties.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 and 102.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 302 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II, 4 er.
A continuation of Organic Chemistry I, dealing primarily with the aines
and proteins and those compounds belonging to the aromatic series. Both
m icro-and semi-micro techniques are employed to stress the properties and
type reactions of the usual classes of organic compounds.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 301.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 311 ORGANIC PREPARATIONS, 3 er.
An advanced course in synthetic organic chemistry. Important reactions
and special experimental techniques are applied to the preparation of more
complex organic compounds.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and 202.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 321 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I, 3 er.
Includes the chemistry of the carbohydrates, fats and proteins; a survey of
the chemistry and fun ction of enzymes, vitam ins and hormones.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 and 302.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 322 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY II , 3 er.
Includes the chemistry of the carbohydrates, fats and protei ns; a survey of
the chemistry and fun ction of emzymes, vitamins and hormones.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 and 302.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 331 COLLOID CHEMISTRY, 3 er.
Discussion and laboratory work dealing with the theory of colloidal behavior.
Stress is placed upon proteins and other materials encountered in the colloidal state which are important in nature and industry.
Prerequisites : Chemistry 201 and 202 , and Chemistry 301.
and 302.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 341 Fooo ANALYSIS, 3 er.
Includes studies of dietary problems, food requirements of persons of different ages, food m etabolism , mineral req uirements and utilization basic
chemical tests for food substances, food laws the effect of food on growth
and well-being.
Prerequisites : Chemistry 30 1 and 302.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 351 AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL, 3 er.
Includes discussion of plan t fertili zers and th eir soil reactions, plant composition and chemurgy, chemical control of weeds, etc., as well as laboratory
work in the fi eld.
Prerequisites : Chemistry 201 and 202, and Chemistry 301
and 302.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
115

Chem 401 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I, 4 er.
Properties of gases; elementary thermodynamics; thermochemistry; Kinetic
molecular theory; atomic and molecular structure; introduction to the theory
of chemical bonding.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and 202, Mathematics through
integral calculus.
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory each week.
Chem 402 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II, 4 er.
Kinetics; properties of solids and liquids; phase equilibria; colligative properties of solutions; electrolytic conductance and electrochemistry.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 401.
Chem 411 RADIO CHEMISTRY, 3 er.
Includes properties of radioactive nuclei, nature of radioactivity, nuclear
reactions, detection equipment, and traces techniqu es.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 201 and 202.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 421

NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY, 3 er.

A lecture and problem cour se presenting our modern knowledge of the nature
and properties of electrons, light quanta, atoms and molecules.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and 202.
Three class hours each week.
Chem 431 LITERATURE OF CHEMISTRY, 1 er.
Designed for chemistry majors and includes a survey of the literature in the
field.
Prerequisites: Completion of 18 hours in Chemistry and
German I ( two trimesters). Every chemistry major should endeavor to take
this course.
One class hour each week.
Chem 435 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY, variable er.
Topics will be selected to suit the individual needs of the students.
Chem 441 I NSTRUMENTAL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS I , 3 er.
Modern quantitative analysis employing instrumental m ethods. Lecture and
laboratory work in photoelectric colorimetry, fluorimetry, spectrophotometry,
potentiometric and conductimetric, titrimetry, elementary electronics, refractometry, polarography, electroanalysis and polarized ligh t microscopy.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and 202 .
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 442 INSTRUMENTAL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS II, 3 er.
Modern quantitative analysis employing instrumental me thods. L ecture and
laboratory work in photoelectric colorimetry, fluorimetry spectrop hotometry,
potentiometric and conductimetric titrimetry, elementary electronics, refractometry, polarography, electroanalysis and polarized light microscopy.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and 202.
Two class and three laboratory hours each week.
Chem 455 CHEMISTRY FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS, 3 er.
D esigned to strengthen the preparation of the teacher in service and will include recent ideas in chemical bonding, crystal structure, radio and nuclear
ch emistry.
Prerequisite: Certification in Physical Science or Chemistry.
Three class hours each week.
Chem 490
Chem 491

HoNORs CouRSES IN CHEMISTRY I, 3 er.
HONORS CouRsEs IN CHEMISTRY II, 3 er.

Chem 492

HONORS COURSES IN CHEMISTRY III, 3 er.

Chem 495

SEMINAR IN CHEMISTRY, 1 er.
116

PHYSICS
Phys 101 PHYSICS I, 4 er.
An introductory course in mechanics and electricity. Some of the topics
studied are the mechanics of solids, liquids, gases. The portion devoted to
electricity and magnetism deals withe the general concepts of magnetism,
electrostatics, electrical circuits, generators, motors, and alternating currents.
Prerequisites: Algebra and Trigonometry.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 102 PHYSICS II, 4 er.
A continuation of Physics I. Some of the topics discussed are: production
and nature of sound waves, including music sounds; thermometry, calorimetry and heat transference; reflection and refraction, optical instruments,
spectra and interference; and selected topics of the newer developments in
physics such as radio-activity and atomic energy.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 103 PHYSICS (INDUSTRIAL ARTS), 4 er.
On introductory course in the principles of physics with emphasis on problems. The topics include mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases. The portion
devoted to electricity includes the general concept of magnetism, electrostatics, and electrical theory.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Mathematics.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 110 ASTRONOMY, 3 er.
Non-mathematical presentation of methods and results of astronomical discovery. The planet Earth - its shape, motions, and atmosphere. The seasons, calendar, time of day. Telescopes and their uses. The moon - effects
on the earth, surface features, phases and eclipses. The planetary system Law of Gravitation - satellites, comets, and meteors. The sun - its atmosphere, sunspots, and eclipses. The stars in their seasons, constellations, stars.
Cosmic dust and gas, the galactic system, the exterior galaxies.
Three hours lecture each week.
Phys 201 MECHANICS, 4 er.
An intermediate course in mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases. An opportunity is provided for a deeper insight into the principles in operation and
their practical application. Studies are made of rectilinear and circular motion, work and energy, impulse and momentum, simple harmony motion,
and hydrostatics. Emphasis is placed on qualitative considerations.
Prerequisites: Physics I and II.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 206 MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY, 4 er .
An intermediate course in general electricity and magnetism. Direct and
alternating current circuits; instruments; thermal, ch emical and electromagnetic effects; with an introduction to electronics. Calculus recommended.
Prerequisite: Physics I.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 211 HEAT, WAVE MOTION, SOUND, 4 er.
Temperature measurements, thermal expansion, calorimetry, heat transfer,
properties of gases, thermodynamics, and wave motion as applied to sound
with special attention to the new developments in ultrasonics. Intermediate
level.
Prerequisites: Physics I and II.
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.

117

Phys 216 OPTICS, 4 er.
Geometrical and physical optics including reflection and refraction at surfaces, lenses, interference and diffraction, elementary spectroscopy and polarization of light are discussed. Applications are made in the study of optical instruments.
Prerequisites : Physics I and II .
Three class and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 221 MODERN PHYSICS, 4 er.
This is a study of the twenti eth century physics. The course includes the
development in thermoioni cs, X-rays, and radioactivity. Considerable attention is given to the mode rn concepts of atomic structure together with the
m echanisms of release of a tomic energy and its subsequent utilization .
Three class a nd three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 226 PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS I , 2 er.
Experiments and p robl ems in Mechanics and Electricity.
Prerequisite: Physics I.
One class hour and three laboratory hours each week.
Phys 227 PHYSICAL M EASURE MENTS II, 2 er.
Experiments a nd problems in Sound, H eat and Light.
Prerequi site : Physics II .
One class hour and three laboratory hou rs each week.
Phys 231 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS I, 2 er.
Problems m M echa nics a nd Electricity. Examples drawn from its fi eld of
engineering.
Prerequisite: Physics I.
T wo classroom hours per week.
Phys 232 SPECIAL PROBLEMS I PHYSICS II, 2 er.
Problems in H eat, Sound and Light. Examples drawn from the field of engineering.
Prerequisite: Physics II.
Two class hours each week.
Phys 30 1 ADVANCED M EC HANICS, 4 er.
This is an adva nced course in m echanics. An opportunity is provided for the
student to use calculus in the solu tion of problems. Specific topics to be developed are centroids and centers of gravity, moments of inertia, hydrostatics,
kinetics of a parti cle, ,a nd dynamics of a rigid body.
Prerequisites : In termediate M echanics and Integral Calculus.
Three hou rs lecture each week.
Phys 306 ADVANCED ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM, 4 er.
This is an advanced course in electricity and magnetism. Topics to be develop ed are properties of electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, elec tric circuit theory, Kirchoff's Law and circuit problems. Faraday's Law, electro. magnetic induction, the properti es of a lternating-current circuits, capacitance, and electrical instruments.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism and
Integral Calculus.
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory each week.
Phys 311 ELECTRONICS, 4 er.
This is an advanced course in electronics. Special topics to be developed are
electronic emmission, operation of vacuum tubes and gas filled tubes, operation of amplifiers, rectifiers, basic control cir cuits, and transistor theory.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism and
Integral Calculus.
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory each week.
118

Phys 401 PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES, 5 er.
A comprehensive study of the field of physical science including: modern
vi ews on space time, and motion; with emphasis on special relativity, microcosm; microcosm including general r elativity and cosmology.
Prerequisite: Major fi eld of study one of the physical sciences.
Five lecture hours each week.
Phys 495 SEMINAR IN PHYsrcs, 1 er.
An introduction to the literature, history, teaching and research methods
of physics. Strongly recommend ed for Physios majors.
Prerequisite: 12 hours of credit in Physics.

SOCIAL STUDIES DE PAR TM ENT
Dr. George Hart, D epartment Head; Dr. Berman, Dr. Grau, Mr. Hepner,
Dr. J ack, Mr. Kania, Dr. Keller, Mr. Lechnar, Mr. Marshall, Mr. Norman, Dr. R oadman, D r. Seigal, Dr. Wolfe,
Mr. Zemo.
S Std 201 WoRLD CULTURE I , 3 er.
A survey of the evolution of man's culture - his governmental, economic,
social, religious, intellect ual, and aesthetic activities from ancient times to
the beginning of the modern world.
Three class hours each week.
S Std 202 WORLD CULTURE II, 3 er.
A survey of the evolution of man's culture - his governmental, economic, social, religious, intellectual and aesthetic activities from the end of the ancient
world to modern times.
Three class hours each week.
S Std 490 HONORS COURSE IN SOCIAL STUDIES
S Std 491 HO NORS COURSE IN SOCIAL STUDIES
S Std 492 HO NORS COURSE IN SOCIAL STUDIES
S Std 495 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL STUDIES
,

/

ECONOMICS

Vcon 201 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF ECO NOMICS I , 3 er.
The course emphasizes economic principles and problems which are fundamental for an understanding and appreciation of our modern system. While
stressing tb e basic economic concepts and national income, attention is also
given to practical economic matters, including labor problems, finance, taxation, business cycles and fiscal policy.
Three class hours each week.
~ n 202 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF ECONOMICS II, 3 er.
The course consists of an analytical study of certain crucial present day problems such as the composition and pricing of national income, the distribution
of income and the pricing of the productive factors, international trade and
fin ance, current economic problems and the individual's responsibility as a
citizen of the world.
Prerequisite: Economics 201.
Three class hours each week.
E con 203 I NDUSTRIAL RELATIO NS, 3 er.
The methods by whi ch workers, employers and the public have been and are
now attempting to solve their problems are examined in the light of underlying economic principles. L abor and management representatives from tbe
area are invited to discussion sections when possible.
Three class h ours each week.
119

Econ 206 HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT, 3 er.
A review of the economic writers and their contributions to economic ideas
from the age of Adam Smith and the classical school to the present day.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 301 MONEY AND BANKING, 3 er.
The course concentrates on the functioning of the monetary and banking
system as a whole and its relationship with the rest of the economy. Emphasis is placed on the study of commercial banks, the Federal R eserve System, the Treasury D epartment, the nature of money and the significance
of monetary policy.
Prerequisite : E conomics 201.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 302 PU BLIC FI NA CE, 3 er.
A study of governmental activities in the collection and spending of public
income. Subjects covered include; government expenditures, taxes a nd reven ues, public deb t management, fi scal policy and fi scal administration.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
Three class hours each week.
E con 470 COMM UN ITY RE SOURCES WORKSHOP
A m ethod of providing teachers in all levels of education with the opportunity to discover, study, and adapt community resources to their classroom
work . Th e workshop includes the production of teaching materials based on
workshop findings for the use of the participants and other teachers.
First Summer Session - 4 weeks, daily 9 A. M. to 4 P. M.
Four credits - Gradua te or Undergraduate.
Econ 4 71 TH E AMERICAN EcoNOMY, 6 er.
The American Economy cou rse is a college-of-the-air production presented
over the CBS television network and over ind ependent as well as educational
stations. One hund red fifty-nine, one-half hour lessons are broadcasted over
a two trimester period. Formal class sessions are held bi-weekly. The course
covers a general survey of economic principles and problems of our modern
economic system.
HISTORY
Hist 101 HISTORY OF UNITED STATES AND PENNS YLVA IA I, 3 er.
A broad study of the political, economic, social, and intellectual forces which
shaped the American past to 1865. Pennsylvania history assumes a prominent place in this course.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 102 HISTORY OF UNITED STATES AND PE NN SYLVANIA II, 3 er.
A broad study of the political, economic, social, and intellectual forces which
shaped the American past since 1865. Pennsylvania history assumes a prominent place in this course.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 103 SURVEY OF UNITED STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA, 3 er.
A course for secondary curriculum students who are not majoring in history
or social studies; Industrial Arts students and Speech Correction students.
This course will survey the major issues of United States growth and development from 1607 to the present. Problems in American, political, social and
economic history will be discussed.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 121 HISTORY OF EUROPE TO 1815, 3 er.
The development of the social, economic, political, religious and cultural experiences of the European people. The decline of monarchial Europe and
the major democratic movements in Europe.
Three class hours each week.
120

Hist 122 HISTORY OF EUROPE SINCE 1815, 3 er.
The growth of European national states as reflected in their political, social
and economic activities. An understanding of the casual and intergroup relationships are essential to the analysis and interpretation of the difficulties
facing the European world today.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 201 HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 3 er.
The foundin g and development of Pennsylvania from its colonial beginnings
to the presen t time. Emphasis is placed on the social, economic and political
developments in the different periods of its history. Special attention is given
to the diversity of the p eople and their institutions and to the growth of
Pennsylvania as a leader in our mod ern industrial world.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 202 CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF UNITED STATES, 3 er.
The policies and problems of Uni ted Sta tes in the twentieth century, with
emphasis upon the Second World War and the post-war p eriod .
Prerequisites: United States and Pennsylvania I and II.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 221 HISTORY OF CO NTEMPORARY EUROPE, 3 er.
The development of political, social, a nd economic forces since World War I
and a history of the several attempts to r esolve these problems.
Three class hours each week.
H ist 222 HISTORY OF ANCIENT WORLD, 3 er.
The origins of Western Civilization from Pre-historic man to the disintegration of the Roman Empire, embracing a thorough study of the cultural
aspects of the Fertile Crescent and Greco-Roman Civilizations.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 223 HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE, 3 er.
The political, social, economic, and cultural history of the Middle Ages with
emphasis on institutional and cultural life from the fall of Rome to the Renaissance.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 224 R ENAISSANCE AND R EFORMATION, 3 er.
R enaissance Culture in Europe from the 14th to the 16th century, with emphasis on Italy. It will include a treatment of late Medieval Civilization,
the growth of Humanism, and the rise of the Middle Class. Also surveyed
is disruption of the Universal Church, the rise of the principle branches of
Protestantism, and the reform movement within the Roman Catholic Church.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 301 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF U NITED STATES, 3 er.
Special emphasis is placed on a study of our foreign relations from the beginning of our na tional history to the present. Included are separate topics
such as the growth and influence of a policy of "isolation," the creation and
development of the Monroe Doctrine, the changing position of the United
States as a world power, and the problems incident to the assumption of the
resulti ng responsibilities.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 302 AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY, 3 er.
The growth of the American Constitutional system, with special emphasis
on constitutionalism, federalism, national-state relations, judicial review,
economic regulations and civil liberties.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 303 SocIAL HISTORY OF THE U NITED STATES
A study of the major groupings and ways of thought of the United States
from colonial days to the present.
Three class hours each week.
121

Hist 331 H1sTORY OF ENGLAND, 3 er.
The growth of the people and institutions of England from the conquest by
the Anglo-Saxons to the present. The emphasis is placed on the development
of those factors that gave rise to the struggle for the establishment of democratic principles in our modern world.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 332 HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA, 3 er.
The development of the Latin American countries from the period of discovery to the present. The colonial period, the revolutionary p eriod, and the
national period are surveyed . European and American relations with Latin
America are emphasized.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 333 HISTORY OF THE FAR EAsT, 3 er.
The interaction of East and West with emphasis on developments since 1800.
The impact of mod ern technology, imperialism, nationalism and communism
on Oriental cultures is given special attention.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 334 HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAS T, 3 er.
The rise of the modern national state in the Middle East is the focal point of
international concern since World War I. A review of the history of the peoples of the region in addition to a consideration of major political, economic
and cultural factors which color international affairs in the Middle East is
the basis for this work.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 335 HISTORY OF RUS SIA
Hist 40 1 TWENTIETH CENTURY WoRLD HISTORY, 3 er.
Background and analysis of 20th century events and emerging issues is
brought out by a study of the growth of capitalism, imperialism, totalitarianism, World Wars I and II and recent effects toward collective security and
international understanding.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 405

HISTORY OF AMERICAN L ABOR, 3 er.
POLITICAL SCIE

CE

Pol Sci 20 1 AM ERICA N GOVERNMENT, 3 er.
The general principles of the American system of constitutional government;
special emphasis is placed upon th e organization and fun ctions of the national government - legislative, executive and judicial; careful treatment is
given to the rights and duties of citizenship, the electorate, political parties,
civil rights and the g rowing regulatory fun ction of government.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 301 STATE AND LocAL GovERNMEN T, 3 er.
A treatment of the organization, powers functions, and problems of state and
local governmental units. Emphasis is placed on the growing complexity of
relationship among the various levels of government as a result of technological developmen ts and the growth of metropolitan areas.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 302 I NTERNATIONAL R ELATIONS, 3 er.
Background of international politics since the First World War, emphasizing
successes and failures of the L eague of ations, the rise of totalitarianism
and World War II; the patterns of international affairs, the balance of power
systems and various efforts at collective security.
Three class hours each week.
122

Pol Sci 303 U NITED NATIONS, 3 er.
The background, structural organization, functions and act:Iv1t1es of the
United Nations ; emphasizing continued efforts toward collective security,
toge ther with the problem of strengthening the United Nations.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 4-01 POLITICAL PARTIES, 3 er.
This course d eals with the organiza tion and operations of political parties in
th e United States. Careful attention is given to the methods used by parties
in nominating candidates and conducting campaigns, and to the significance
of pressure groups, public opinion, and the electorate in our political life.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 402 WoRLD PoLIT1c s, 3 er.
An inter-di sciplinary approach to the study of international politics, stressing
the basic fac tors of national strength -economic and military, political and
strategic-a nd th eories of power patterns as applied to regional areas of the
world in th e struggle of the great powers to win the neutral nations.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 405 COMPARATIVE GovERNMENT, 3 er.
M ajor a ttenti on is given to Great Britain and Soviet Russia as best representing, among foreign governments, the d emocratic and authoritarian systems.
Brief consideration is given to the governments of France and Germany.
Frequent comparisons and contrasts are drawn between these governmen ts
and governments in the United States.
Three class hours each week.
SOCIOLOGY
Soc 20 1 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY, 3 er.
This is a basic course in sociology dealing with the interaction arising from
the association of human beings. Emphasis is placed upon natural and social
heritage, the m eaning and functions of culture, the origin, fun ctions, and
characteristics of social institutions; with inquiry into the nature and genesis
of social pathology.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 202 CONTEMPORARY SocJAL PROBLEMS, 3 er.
Selected contemporary social problems, including crime, divorce, delinquency, etc., in their r elation to our traditional social institutions. Current data
and remedial proposals will be carefully examined and evaluated in the light
of basic sociological principles.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 30 1 THE FAMILY, 3 er.
This course deals with the development of the family and the home in its
histor ical, economic and legal aspects. The various factors influencing the
organization, disorganization, and reorganization of the family are considered, as well as the modern trends in this basic institution.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 302 AN THROPOLOGY, 3 er.
Antiquity of man; varieties of ancient and modern types; origins, developm en t of preliterate culture, primitive social organization.
Three class hours each week.

123

SPEECH DE PAR TM ENT
Dr. Bos, Department H ead; Mrs. Coover, Mr. Emelson, Miss Langham.
101 PHONETICS, 3 er.
A study of the In ternational Phonetic Alphabet with an analysis of positions
and movements involved in the production of speech sounds based on phonetic principles; emphasis on phonetic transcription and correct pronunciation.
Sp

102 .ADVANCED PHO NETICS , 3 er.
The advanced study of the International Phonetic Alphabet with an analysis of the phonetic sounds according to their kinesthetic, acoustical, and
physiological principles; variations of phonemes and the matter of producing them.
Sp 201
FU N DAMENTALS OF SPEECH, 3 er.
This course is designed to provide the student with both the theory and practice of public address. Emphases are placed upon the speech processes and
upon speech as a communicative and motivating activity.
Sp

202 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS, 3 er.
This course is designed to r einforce and intensify the values of Speech 20 1.
It is further designed to give the student an introduction to the characteristics of various types of speech es and speech situations, and practice in the
preparation and delivery of speeches for various occasions.
Prerequisite: Speech 201.
Sp

Sp 203
ORAL I N TERPETATIO N, 3 er.
The oral re-creation of Ii terature, based on the processes of finding the meaning in idea and in feeling and co=unicating that meaning to others, both
orally and visually.
Three class hours each week.

204 VOICE AND D ICTION, 3 er.
A course planned to aid teachers in gaining vocal control. Part of the time
is devoted to correction, pronunciation, articulation, and enunciation.
Three class hours each week.
Sp

Sp 221
CHORAL SPEAKING, 3 er.
Practice of correct and expressive speech through the group achievement of
the verse speaking choir. This course is designed to aid both elementary and
secondary teachers in the organization, selection of materials, methods, and
direction of choral speaking.
Three class hours each week.

30 1 ARGUMENTATION A ' D D EBATE, 3 er.
This course is designed to give the student familiarity with, and practice in ,
the principles of logical reasoni ng and oral presentation of reasoned discourse. Practice is provided in formal debate, utilizing a variety of formats.
Prerequisite: Speech 20 1.

Sp

302-304 PARLIAME N TARY PROCEDURE, 1 to 3 er.
This course is designed to give the stud en t a basic knowledge of the principles and practices of parliamentary procedure, in order to prepare him for
more effective participation in the formal conduct of business in general assemblies. It is taught in three distinct one-hour units, with division of subject m atter as indicated below. Each unit may be taken separately. However, the unit on Basic Principles is a prerequisite to either of the others.
Sp 302
PARLIAMEN TARY PRO CEDURE : BASIC PRI NCIP LES, 1 er.
Sp

Sp
Sp

303
304

PARLIAME N TARY PRO CEDU RE: MOTIONS,

1 er.

PARLIAME N TARY PROC EDURE: ORGA N IZATIO NS,

124

1 er.

Sp 305 D ISCUSS ION AND CONFERENCE TECHNIQUES, 3 er.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the basic principles of
the scientific method as applied to the cooperative solving of contemporary
problems, and the employment of this method by committees, panels, symposia and forums. Students will plan and participate in discussions of contemporary problems.
Prerequisite : Speech 201
Three class hours each week.
Sp 311 STAGE DmECTION, 3 er.
A fundamental approach to the staging of a play, including script selection
and analysis, casting, set design, rehearsal techniques and p erformance. Students will direct short scenes and one-act plays as class projects.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 32 1 TECHNICAL PLAY PRODUCTION, 3 er.
A practical course in the d esign, planning and execution involved in play
production for the following kinds of work: scenery, lighting, costume, makeup, properties, supervision and running of rehearsals and p erformances.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 325 CmLDREN's THEATRE, 3 er.
The purpose of this course is to give vocational training in children's theatre
to the prospective elementary and secondary Speech teachers, and to give
experiences in the creative arts to those students who are engaged in other
programs. This course includes consideration of m ethods of producing
drama for the child audience: play choice, acting, directing, and technical
play production, including workshop in children's theatre.
Sp 331 ACTING, 3 er.
A practical course in the teaching and training of acting, considering voice,
m ovement, characterization, internal and external techniques, plus study and
application in historical periods and styles, high school and college play production. Students will get practical experience in class and campus productions.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 370

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-FORENSICS,

er.

Sp 371

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-FORENSICS,

er.

Sp 372

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-FORENSICS,

er.

Sp 375

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-THEATRE, 1 er.

Sp 376

CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-THEATRE, 1 er.

Sp 377

Co-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-THEATRE, 1 er.

Sp 401 TH EORIES OF RH ETORIC, 2 er.
This course is a study of the major works of ancient, renaissance and modern
rhetoricians as they developed the currently accepted theories of persuasion.
Emphasis is placed upon Aristotle's Art of Rhetoric and its influence upon
later theorists.
Prer equisite: 12 hours Speech credit.
Two class hours per week.
Sp 411 HISTORY OF THE THEATRE, 3 er.
A study of the history and development of dramatic literature from the
Greeks to Off-Broadway, considering historical changes in the physical theatre, styles, costumes, acting, audiences and productions.
Three class hours each week.

125

Sp 421
EDUCATIONAL TELEVISIO N AND RADIO, 3 er.
This course is designed to give the student a basic knowledge of the theory
of television and radio. Standard techniques of production, and some insight into applications to the educational process.
Prerequisite: Sp 201 or its equivalent.
Three class hours each week.

490 HoNORS COURSE IN SPEECH I , 3 er.
This course provides an opportunity for individual study and research on
topics and materials of interest to the student but not included in other
courses offered by the department, under the direction of a member of the
department staff.
Prerequisite: High academic standing and approval of the
proposed director of the study, the Department Head and the Dean of Instruction.
Three class hours each week.
Sp

491 HoNORS CouR SE IN SPEEC H II, 3 er.
This course provides for a continuation of work begun in Honors Course in
Speech I.
Prerequisite: In addition to above, satisfactory completion
of the first course in this sequence.
Three class hours each week.
Sp

492 Ho NORs CouRSE IN SP EECH III, 3 er.
This course provides for the opportunity for completion of the individual
study undertaken in Speech 490 and 49 1, and under the same conditions.
Three class hours each week.

Sp

495 SEMI N AR I N SPEECH, 1 er.
This course provides an opportunity for intensive group study of areas within the field of Speech not treated in other courses.
Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor in charge and the
Department Head .
One class hour each week.
Sp

126

VI. Academic Procedures
RESIDENCE
CITIZENSHIP
CREDITS
GRADING SYSTEM
SCHOLARSHIP AND ACADEMIC STANDARDS
ADVISORY SYSTEM
PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
ADVANCED STANDING
STUDENT TEACHING
GRADUATION
HONORS
CERTIFICATION
PLACEMENT

Academic Procedures
R esponsibility for knowing and following the academic rules and
regulations, including requirements for graduation, rests with the
student. Faculty advisors assist students in planning their academic
programs but are not expected to relieve the students of their responsibility.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
Students in all curriculums m ust complete a minimum of thirty-two
credits, in courses given by the College, if they expect to receive degrees from this institution. These credits may be gained on the campus in regular day, evening, or Saturday classes; 25 percent of the
number of credits required may be in extension courses given by the
college.
CITIZENSHIP

In keeping with legislative provisions, a student, to be eligible for a
teacher's certificate, is required to present evidence of citizenship of
the United States. If he is not a citizen of the United States at the
time of his admission, he is required to become naturalized before
he may be granted a T eacher's Certificate. A non-citizen, however,
can be awarded the Bachelor of Science in Education degree.
CREDITS
Courses are recorded in terms of " trimester hours of credit." A trimester hour of credit represents one hour a week of recitation or lecture throughout a trimester of sixteen weeks. In laboratory courses,
however, a ratio of two, three, or fo ur hours of laboratory work for
one credit prevails, according to the department. V arying amounts
of required outside work are also assigned, so that, where the total
number of credit hours is stated to be 15 or 16, the number of clock
128

hours a week may total as high as 30, 32 or more. Descriptive titles
and credit values of courses appear in the section of this bulletin
devoted to course offerings.
EVALUATION OF CREDITS

An evaluation of credits is considered valid only for the year in
which the distribution is made. The situation exists because of frequent changes in regulations governing the value of credits and in
the requirements for certification and graduation made by the State
Department of Public Instruction, the State Council of Education,
and the Board of Presidents of the State Colleges. Students are
urged to keep themselves informed about their credit standing by
occasional inquiry, other than at registration periods, at the office of
their Curriculum Director.
Students who are not graduates of first-class four-year
secondary schools must have their credits evaluated by special procedure. Persons to whom this applies should consult the Dean of Instruction.
NORMAL SCHOOL CREDITS
All p ersons who were graduated from a State Normal School prior
to September 1927, and who have a four-year secondary school education will be granted not more than 68 trimester hours of credit
toward a degree.
Students who were graduated from a State Normal
School before four years of secondary school preparation were required and who still have not satisfied this requirement should apply
to the Secondary Credentials Division of the D epartment of Public
Instruction, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, for information about obtaining a secondary school equivalent certificate, which, when issued,
will be accepted by the college for admission to a degree curriculum.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
(a) A student may request an examination in any
subject matter area in which he registers for the purpose of securing
exemption from taking a course.
(b) A student shall be given credit for a course in
which he registers and in which he demonstrates competence by a
qualifying examination.
129

Application for examination under (b) should be
made to the Dean of Instruction at the time of registration. The
examination will be given within two weeks of the time of application
ADVANCED ST AND ING CREDIT
Credit for advanced standing is not allowed for work done by correspondence, nor will credit be given for courses which are not
equivalent to those required or approved in the curriculums offered
at this college or for courses completed at other colleges or universities in which grades below C were earned. All credits of students
who apply for admission with advanced standing must be approved
by the D ean of Instruction. Credits from colleges not approved by
the D epartment of Public Instruction of Pennsylvania or other accrediting organizations will not be accepted toward either certification or graduation .
EXTENSION CREDITS
The college will accept for graduation a limited number of extension credits from other accredited institutions only when those credits have been earned in courses taught by p ersons who were then
giving their full time to extension instruction in such institutions or
to a combination of extension and campus instruction. Usually not
more than the equivalent of one year's work of 32 trimester hours
in extension courses will be accepted toward a degree.
CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
Credits for correspondence courses are not accepted except for members of the armed forces submitting records through the United
States Armed Forces Institute, M adison, Wisconsin.
TRANSCRIPTS OF CREDITS
Official transcripts, obtainable through the R egistrar upon the
written request of the student, will be sent to the State Department
of Public Instruction for use in obtaining certification or to institutions to which credits are to be transferred.
Only the work completed at the California State College will be included in the transcript. Work taken at another institution should be certified directly from that institution.
130

One copy of a transcript of credits earned at California State College will be issued free of charge. A charge of one dollar is made for a second and for each subsequent transcript. This
fee of one dollar will be waived for transcripts that are " to be used
in connection with induction, enlistment, or advancement in the
armed forces."
Transcripts cannot be prepared during the last week
of trimester or during the registration period. Persons planning admission to graduate school or to transfer to another collegiate institution should file the request for transcript with the R egistrar at
least a month before the end of the trimester. Women who have
married since leaving college should give their maiden name as well
as their married name.

WITHDRAWALS
Students who find it necessary to leave the college during a trimester
should, before discontinuing attendance at classes, confer with the
Dean of Instruction. If after such conference it is found that the
student should not continue, official withdrawal forms must be filed
in the R egistrar's Office. Students who leave the college without
follo wing this routine, especially the filling in of withdrawal cards,
jeopardize their status.
Withdrawal forms must be properly filled in by students who desire to discontinue part of their schedules. When students merely stop attending classes without officially withdrawing,
F (failing) grades are recorded on the p ermanent records.

C LAS S I F I CAT I ON
Students are classified as freshmen when they have earned 32 or
fewer credits; as sophomores when they have earned 33 to 64 credits
inclusive ; as juniors when they have earned 65 to 96 credits inclusive; and as seniors when they have earned 97 or more credits.
The credits used to determine the classification of students include those earned at this college and those accepted by the
college from other accredited institutions on the basis of official transcripts.
131

GRADE REPORTS
Grade reports for students doing failing or low quality work are
handed to the D ean of Instruction at the end of each eight-week
period. Students reported are notified of their low grades and where
deemed necessary, information is sent to the parents. The final trimester grades are mailed to the parents.
GRADING SYSTEM
A - indicates superior attainment
B - indicates attainment above the average
C - indicates average attainment
D - is the lowest passing grade
F - indicates failure
P - indicates passing. (Used for required preparatory courses, orientation, and student teaching
courses. )
Inc - indicates incomplete work
W - indicates withdrawal from a course
For the purpose of interpreting p ercentage grades into letter grades, the following local standards have been approved
by the faculty.
95% to 100 % -A
88 % to 94% -B
76 % to 87 % -C
70% to 75%-D
Below 70 % - Failing
The symbol, Inc., is not used unless the student has
been in attendance throughout the trimester or session and because
of p ersonal illness, covering two or more consecutive weeks, the student is not able to meet the requirements of the course at the end of
the session. It indicates that as the work is incomplete the final grade
is being withheld until the student fulfills all the requirements of the
course. It is only used when conditions and circumstances warrant
and when evidence is presented to justify its being given. An incomplete is always accompanied by a supplementary symbol indicating the character of the work already done: IncF, IncD. The following conditions govern an incomplete:
132

1. It must be removed by arrangement between the
student and the instructor in the session, either trimester or summer,
immediately following.
2. After the lapse of one term, trimester or summer,
the grade may be changed only upon approval of the D ean of Instruction.
3. After the lapse of one year, the incomplete grade
automatically becomes a grade of F and cannot be removed without the student's rep eating the course.

QUALITY POINT SYSTEM
As there is a quality standard for passing each course, so there is a
standard for completing a curriculum. This is made possible by the
establishment of a quality point system which states that students
cannot be graduated by getting merely passing grades in each course.
The quality point system requires that a student, before he can b~ graduated, must complete all required and elective
courses in the curriculum which he is pursuing, have the minimum
number of credits required by his curriculum, and earn a quality
point average of at least 2.0 (C ) for all courses in which grades
other than P are given. Only courses completed at this college are
included in the quality point computation.
Each credit of work completed at California is awarded quality points which are computed according to the following
scale; each credit of ©rsrade is multiplied b~
B grade by 3, C
grade by 2, D grade by 1, and F grade by 0. Courses dropped without the consent of the D ean of Instruction shall constitute an F.
Courses in which P grades are given do not count in quality point
computation. Courses transferred from other approved collegiate
institutions are not counted in the quality point average.
SCHOLARSHIP AND
ACADEMIC STAND A RDS
Students admitted to California State College are expected to main tain an adequate academic average each trimester in attendance in
order to continue their studies.
l. First trimester freshmen who earn a quality point
average of less than' 1. 75 will automatically be placed on academic
probation for the following trimester.
133

2. Students other than first trimester freshmen who
earn a quality point average of less than 2.00 during a trimester will
automatically be placed on academic probation for the following
trimester.
3. Students who earn a quality point average of less
than 2.00 during the trimester of academic probation will be dismissed from the college. Students who earn a quality point average
of 2.00 or better for the trimester of academic probation will be considered clear students for the following trimester.
4. Probation students must carry a minimum of 12
trimester hours.
5. Students except first trimester freshmen who do
not earn a quality point average of 1.50 during a trim ester will be
dismissed from the college.
6. Students who are dismissed from the college will
be eligible to apply for re-admission after one trimester. R e-admitted students will be considered on probation and required to maintain a 2.00 quality point average the trimester of re-admission in
order to continue.
7. R e-admission to the college is n ot automatic. Each
case will be passed on by the Scholarship Committee.
8. Summer School grades will be counted for the
purpose of determining probation or N.P.R. (not p ermitted to register ) status wh en the student has carried a minimum of twelve ( 12)
credits during a Summer Session. A student will be given clear or
probation status at the end of a Summer term and may be placed
on N.P.R. or avoid the same on the basis of the quality of work p erformed in the Summer.
9. Withdrawal from a course will be p ermitted during the first eight weeks of a trimester subject to the approval of the
D ean of Instruction. A grade of WX will be assigned as a m ark for
withdrawal during the first six weeks. A W-letter grade will be assigned as a m ark for a withdrawal during the seventh, eighth, and
ninth weeks. An F grade will be assigned for any withdrawal without cause subj ect to the approval of the D ean of Instruction after
the first eight weeks of the trimester.
10. Quality point average for the trimester is determined by the number of hours scheduled divided into the total number of quality points earned.
134

CLASS SCHEDULES
A program of schedule advising and program preparation is provided by the Dean of Instruction and the Curriculum Directors. By
making use of this service, a student may plan his program well in
advance so that he may graduate in four, three and one half or
three years. Acceleration beyond three years is generally not considered advisable.

HONOR CREDITS
Students who wish to carry more than a normal schedule, (honor
credits ) of 15 or 16 trimester hours must have earned the right by
reason of a high quality point average in session completed prior
to registration. Exceptional cases must obtain permission from the
Scholarship Committee or the Dean of Instruction at the time of
registration. Under no circumstances will excess credits be honored,
whether taken in the college or in another institution without the approval of the Committee or the D ean. In reviewing applications
to carry excess credits, the Committee or the D ean will give consideration not only to the academic standing of the applicants but also
to their health records and extra-curricular activities.
Students will be given approval to carry honor credits
according to the following quality point average based on the grades
of the previous trimester:

Quality Point A verage

Total Credits Sch eduled

. 17 credits
. .. 18 credits

3.00 to 3.49 .
3.50 to 4.00 .

College rules, in keeping with regulations of the State
D epartment of Public Instruction, sanction only one credit a week
during a summer session; that is, six credits during a six weeks' session, three credits during a three weeks' session and twelve credits during the summer trimester.
Students are advised not to take more than one credit
a week during summer terms at other colleges if they expect to use
credits thus earned toward degrees from this college. Students planning a summer session at another college should consult the Dean
of Instruction or their Curriculum Director before registering.
135

SUMMER SESSION
To accelerate, a student should plan to spend several summers in
full attendance. It is possible for a student to earn 12 credits in each
summer session of full attendance and for this purpose a large and
active summer program is provided. Generally speaking, all required courses are offered each summer as well as a representative group
of elective courses in every area of specialization. Full information
may be obtained from the Summ er S ession Bulletin issued in the
Spring of each year. Address the D ean of Instruction, California
State College, California, Pennsylvania.
SATURDAY AND EVENING
PROGRAMS
Part-time students or teachers-in-service may utilize Saturday and
Evening courses designed to meet the needs of a limited number of
persons unable to attend regular classes.
ADVISORY SYSTEM
The College gives special attention to the new student through interviews, counseling, and testing. Efforts are made to appraise the
interests and abilities of each student. R esults of these data and anecdotal records are available to all counseling personnel concerned.
While the whole faculty assists, upon request, with the guidance
program, certain members have been assigned the following responsibilities :
1. The D ean of Instruction and Directors of Curriculum assume responsibility for educational guidance : selection of
curriculums, course requirements, certification requirements, student
load.
2. The Director of Guidance administers the testing
program and works with students who have academic difficulties.
3. The Deans of Personnel are responsible for social
adjustments: housing, organization of commuting students, religious activities, social activities and development of study programs.
4. Director of Student Activities establishes and
maintains the master calendar of co-curricular activities, coordinating this program with the curricular program of the college.
Through the student activities fund he serves as an adviser to the
136

student government in determining and carrying out the request of
student body activities. The scheduling and planning of activities
also falls in the realm of the Director's office.
5. A Veteran's Clerk has been designated as Veterans' Adviser to deal with special problems relating to veterans.
6. Each department meets regularly with its majors
and provides advisement of these students. The schedule of office
hours of all faculty members is posted in the Office of the Dean of
Instruction. Students are encouraged to consult their professors at
frequent intervals during the trimester.
7. H ealth guidance is the primary responsibility of
the resident nurse and college physician.
PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY
EXPERIENCES
To supplement the classroom preparation of teachers, a program
of experiences in teacher-related activities is provided and becomes
a part of the college record of each student. With the cooperation
of the faculty members who teach Professional Education courses,
each student maintains a record of all campus or off-campus activities in church or community, business or industry, or recreation or
camp work. Each record is then examined from time to time as a
basis for the evaluation of student growth. Laboratory experience
records are filed with the Director of Guidance and are available to
prospective employers through the Placement Office.
M any organizations provide co-curricular opportunities in the general area of athletics, dramatics, forensics, journalism,
student government, music and recreation. A complete list of such
organizations is available in the student handbook and a student is
guided to his area of special interest through the orientation program. Student activities are considered an adjunct to the academic
program and not a substitute for it.
Transfer students will be expected to report voluntarily to the chairman of the Professional Laboratory Experiences Committee and complete the necessary forms.
ADVANCED STANDING PROGRAM
Formal admission to Advanced Standing is a requisite for continuing the program in teacher education. This marks the time when the
137

professional work is intensified. Fourth semester students will make
application for admission to Advanced Standing, for which they are
required to meet the following qualifications:
1. The scholastic record must be a "2.0" average or
better for the first two years of work taken by the student. This is to
be certified by the student on the application form.
2. A "2.0" average must be attained in Communication I and Communication II (Composition I , II and Speech I, II)
or the student must make a score equivalent at least to the 21st percentile on the STEP test. The student is to fill in the Communication I and II grades or the equivalent on the application form.
3. Adequate background as measured by the STEP
series of the Sophomore T ests in selected area must be shown. A student whose average score in all areas is below the 21 st p ercentile or
who has any single test score below the 10th p ercentile will be required to p ass a selected course in his area of deficiency.
4. A satisfactory recommendation of the Counseling
Service Committee is required of each applicant.
5. Satisfactory evidence of physical stamina, good
posture, and freedom from physical defects that may interfere with
the duties of a teacher must be presented.
6. The voice must be pleasing and free from obj ectionable qualities. A student who has failed to pass the speech test
because of either voice or speech defects is required to take correction work in the Coll ege Speech Clinic until his d eficiencies, if remediable, have been overcome. Evidence of his having reached a
satisfactory speech standard must be included in his record at the
time application is made for Advanced Standing.
7. Evidence of participation in at least two co-curricular activities must be presented ; a community activity may be
substituted for one of the two required. This is filled in on the application form by the student.
Credentials will be examined by the Committee on
Advanced Standing, and the decisions will be reached on the basis
of all evidence available.
Students who fail to meet the requirements of Advanced Standing may be given two consecutive sessions with a minimum of 12 semester hours each to remove the deficiency. If, however, the student fails to remove the deficiency by the close of the
138

first trimester he will be placed on a limited schedule during the second trimester.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is conducted under the supervision of the Director
of Student Teaching, whose office is located in North Hall 114. Students who are candidates for degrees are required to earn twelve
trimester hours of credit in student teaching. For regular student.~
this assignment covers the entire trimester of sixteen weeks. The
work is carried on in the campus Laboratory School and in selected
public schools located in the service area of the college.
Students must make application for student teaching
by filling out a form obtainable through the office of the Director of
Student T eaching. R egistra tion for student teaching will be h eld
during the M arch group guidance meeting.
Before a student may be assigned to this vital part of
the teacher-education curriculum, he must (a ) hold a certificate of
advanced standing ; (b ) have a minimum quality point average of
at least 2.0 for all courses in which grades other than P are given ;
( c ) have a minimum quality point average of 2.0 in his area of specialization ; ( d ) be approved as having satisfactorily completed the
required p reparatory work.
Students will not be assigned to student teaching until
they have completed at least one trimester's work in the college.
Graduates of other colleges must m eet the residence requirement befo re being assigned to student teaching.
STUDENT TEACHING FOR
EXPERIENCED TEACHERS
T eachers with three or more years' experience in teaching who become candidates for degrees and who hold certificates below the
level of the Provisional College certificate may, at the discretion of
the college, complete the unfulfilled student teaching requirements
for degrees in an y of the following ways:
1. Earn in actual student teaching the number of
hours required.
2. Perform under the direction of this institution an
assignment associated with their professional work which carries not
139

less than one or more than six trimester hours of credit in a single
trimester. The number of credits will be determined by the quality
and amount of work done in the special assignment. In such cases
the candidates must be regularly registered in the institution and
may not earn more than a total of six hours of credit in a single trimester for all courses pursued.
3. In individual cases, pursue, to the limit of three
trimester hours, courses approved by the college. The rest of the
credit shall be earned in one of the ways designated above, or by a
combination of them.
No credit toward graduation is granted for teaching
experience.
T eachers-in-service who have not fulfilled the student
teaching requirement of twelve credits and who are interested in
completing it, must consult the D ean of Instruction.
GRADUATION
Commencement exercises are held at the close of the fall and spring
trimesters. At these exercises, degrees are conferred. All students
who in the session preceding have completed the requiremen ts for
degrees constitute the graduating class. Ail members of the class are
required to participate in all the Commencement activities.
REQUIREMENTS FOR
G R ADUA TION
In order to graduate, a student must p ursue successfully the course
requirements in his chosen curriculum. The criteria for successful
work has been established by the scholarship and other faculty committees and is described in detail on the following p ages. These
standards include a 2.0 quality point average to be attained fo r advanced standing purposes, fo r student teaching and fo r graduation.
When these general and specific requirements have been met and
upon completion of a minimum of 128 credit hours of work a degree
of Bachelor of Science in Education is awarded, assuming the satisfaction of fin ancial and other obligations.
CANDIDACY FOR DEGREE
At the time of registration for the trimester in which he expects to
complete the requirements for graduation, the student must file with
140

the R egistrar an application for admission to candidacy for the degree.
Any student desiring to pursue any part of his program at a different institution will be required to secure, in advance,
the approval of such courses from the Dean of Instruction.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
1. A minimum of 128 trimester hours, including the
satisfactory completion of all required courses, is necessary for graduation, together with a general quality point average of 2.0 for all
courses in which grades other than P are given. Quality points arc
not computed for work done at other colleges or universities and
only for courses taken at the college after 1931. Specific curriculum
requirements may exceed the 128 credit minimum.
2. The student must be pronounced physically fit by
a physician legally qualified to practice medicine in Pennsylvania.
3. The teaching ability of the student must be satisfactory to the Director of Student Teaching regardless of other credits.
4. No student will be graduated with less than two
years of bona fide residence. The last 32 credits needed to complete
a curriculum must be taken while the student is in actual attendance
at the college.
5. Students who have not paid all bills previously incurred shall not be permitted to re-enroll, to be graduated, or to
have credits sent to other institutions or to the Department of Public
Instruction until such accounts have been paid. The records of such
students are "Sealed" and no information will be given until cleared.
6. All credentials for graduation, including certificate
application and transcripts of credits from other institutions, must
be filed at times specified by the R egistrar. If this requirement has
not been met, graduation and certification will be postponed to the
following graduation date.
7. Students must register with the Placement Service by filling out in every detail the registration form supplied by
the Placement Service.
141

8. Attendance at the commencement exercises is necessary, unless unusual circumstances warrant graduation in absentia.
This permission is granted only through the President of the College.
HONORS
DISTINGUISHED SERVICE
AWARDS
The Distinguished Service Awards are granted to the most outstanding woman and the most outstanding man of each graduating class.
The awards are made on the basis of activities, character, citizenship, leadership, and p ersonality. The election of persons to receive
the awards is through a committee composed of members of the faculty.
SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS
The Scholarship Award is given to the p erson making the highest
academic average in each of the curricula of the college.
COMMENCEMENT HONORS
Commencement Honors are awarded to a limited number of the
graduating class. Not more than one-eighth of the class may have
honors and a minimum of two (2) years residence is required.
Highest Honors - Quality Point Average 3.75 to 4.00
- No Dor F grades.
High Honors D or F grades.
Honors -

Quality Average 3.50 to 3.74 -

No

Quality Point Average 3.25 or better - No

F grades.
This recognition can be bestowed only upon evidence
of unusual ability as shown by scholastic records and in keeping with
standards established and approved by the faculty.
TRIMESTER HONORS
Trimester Honors (The D ean's Honors List are awarded on the basis of quality point average at the end of the trimester as follows:
Highest Honors
........... 4.00
High Honors
... 3.50 to 3.99
Honors
..... 3.00 to 3.49
142

CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS
PROVISIONAL COLLEGE
CERTIFICATION
Students who receive a degree after completing a four-year curriculum at this college will be granted a Provisional College Certificate,
which is issued by the Department of Public Instruction. The certificate, for which application must be made, must be issued before
graduates may teach in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
This certificate, not to be confused with the diploma
issued at graduation, is valid for three years of teaching. It indicates
the subject or subjects and the field in which the holder is permitted
to teach, and may become p ermanent when the holder meets the requirements established by the State Council of Education.
The Dean of Instruction or the Curriculum Directors
will confer with persons who wish to have a Provisional College Certificate extended to include industrial arts, speech correction, or the
teaching of mentally retarded classes.

PERMANENT COLLEGE
CERTIFICATE
A Provisional College Certificate may be made permanent after three
years of successful teaching experience, rated at "middle" or better,
in the appropriate field in the public schools of the Commonwealth
and the satisfactory completion of at least twelve trimester hours of
additional preparation of collegiate grade, completed subsequent to
the conferring of the baccalaureate degree. Twenty-four hours will
be required after October 1, 1963.
Holders of Provisional College Certificates issued after
September 1, 1935, will be required to present evidence of having
completed an approved course in visual and sensory techniques before the certificates may be converted into permanent form. The
regulation is not retroactive. Persons who received Provisional College Certificates prior to September 1, 1935, will have them made
permanent on the basis of the requirements in effect when they were
issued.
143

PLACEMENT SER VICE
As part of its public service, the college maintains a placement office.
Its purpose is to aid students and graduates in obtaining desirable
positions as teachers and to assist school officials in locating wellqualified teachers who fit the requirements of vacancies in the
schools of the service area of the college.
All students are required to enroll with the placement
office when they complete their student teaching. Although this
service does not guarantee positions, records filed by the registrants
open opportunities that might not otherwise be available. Inquiry
concerning charges for credentials should be made to the placement
office.

144

VII. Directory
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION

DEPARTMENT PUBLIC INSTRUCTION

TRUSTEES

ADMINISTRATION

FACULTY

EMERITI

SECRETARIAL

&

CLERICAL

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
Governor

. WILLIAM

R.

SCRANTON

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
COUNCIL OF HIGHER EDUCATION
DR. KATHARINE E . McBRIDE
CHARLES G. SIMPSON
DR. LEO NARD N. WOLF
JAMES H . ROWLAND, ESQ.
GEORGE G . GRAY
GAIL L. ROSE
DR. Ons C . McCREEDY
COUNCIL OF BASIC EDUCATION
DR . WILLIAM M . POTTER
DR . PAULS. CHRISTMAN
JOSE PH F. BURKE
WALTER F. WILMARTH
MRS. ALBERT ( ELIZABETH ) M. GREENFIELD
PARK H. LUTZ
MEMBERS AT LARGE
IRA C. GROSS
MARIO C. CELLI
DUANE E. WILDER

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
Sup erinten dent of Pub lic In struction

. . DR. CHARLES H. BOEHM

Deputy Superintendent, Secretary to the
Board of State College Presidents ..... . . . .. . . G EORGE W. HOFFMAN
Acting Deputy Sup erintendent for
H igher Educatio n ................ . .. ... . GEORGE B. MoHLENHOFF
Acting Director,
Bureau of State Colleges ......... . . . .......... . DR. LEE E. BoYER

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
President
Vice-Presid•ent . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretary-Treasurer

. .. . . MRs. D . RoY CLYDE

. . . . . . . . . . . . .. T.
........

GERALD STA N LEY

. .. J osEPH

M . DUDAS

Member of the Executive Committee of the Tru stees Association . .
. . . . . . . . .
JAMES H. ADAMSON
WILLIAM V. CAMPBELL

. . . . . . . . . . . D. C. LO NGANECKER
JAMES E . HAM E R
ALBERT REED
PETER T. D UMB AULD

J.

146

ADMINISTRATION
President of the College ..... . . ... ...... .
D ean of
D ean of
D ean of
Business

. . DR. MICHAEL D UDA

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
A ca demic Affairs
..........
. .. . GEORGE H . RoADMAN
Administrative Affairs
.. . ....... . . . . ..... . . PAUL N. WALKER
Student Affairs and Services .............. . .. ALLEN G. WELSH
M anager
....... . .............. PAUL E. WICKERHAM

DIRECTORS OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
.. MERLE 0. COVELL
Elementary Curriculum
. SHRIVER L. COOVER
Indu strial Arts
. GABRIEL P. BETZ
L iberal Arts
.. PAUL N. WALKER
Secondary Curriculum
. STEPHEN E. PAVLAK
Graduate Division ..
CURRICULUM SERVICES
Admissions an& Academic Records
.... . HAROLD E. K EMPER
Guidance Services __ . .
. ......... . . .. . . . .. .... MALVERNE R. WOLFE
A udio Visua l Services ..... .. .... . ... .. .............. J ACK F. HoYES
L ibrarian ....... . . . ...... . . . . .. . . .. . . .. .... VIRGINIA E. L UC KHARDT
Noss L aboratory School
.. MERRELL E. HOLMA N
Placement
..........
. . . .... STEPHEN E. PAVLAK
Stud ent T eaching . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .............. . . IRVIN J . SHUTSY
HEADS OF ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS
Fine Arts ...... . ..... .. . . ........ . ... . . . ... . ... ANGUS H . DouPLE
Atypical Education ... .. . .... ..... . .............. ARTHUR G. H ENRY
E ducatio n
...........................
. . PHILIP J. PROUD
En glish
........
. .... ARTHUR M. CooN
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. GABRIEL P. BETZ
H ealth and Physical Edu cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E UGENE J . H ES TER
Ind ustrial Arts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... SHRIVER L. CoovER
L ibrary
... . ..... . .. . .. . ....... VIRGI NIA E. LUCKHARDT
M ath ematics . . . . . . . . .
. .. . . .. . . . . . . ........ H ARRY L. M ONROE
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J OHN F. LEWIS
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. WILLIAM H. Bos
S ocial Studies
............ ..........
. . GEORGE S. HART
STUDENT AFFAIRS AND SERVICES
D ean of M en . . . . . . . . .
. .. .. .. .. ....... . ALLEN G. WELSH
D ean of Women . ... . ....... ... . .. .... . . . ... .... LELA T. HAMILTON
D irector Student Activities
... . ............ .... J OSEPH D ocHINEZ
College Physician
......... .
JoSEPH E. DowNEY
DOROTHY HANJORJIRIS, R. N.
College Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . { ROBERTA SABOW, R. N.
MYRTLE B. MATHESO N, R . N.
Assistant D ean of Men
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R oBERT ALDSTADT
Assistant D ean of Wom en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I sABELLE R. K ING
D irector of Athletics
......... E UGENE J. H ESTER
ADMI NISTRATIVE SERVICES
S outh Western R egio nal Instructional M aterials Center
............ KRYL W. RICHARDS
BUSI ESS SERVICES
.. WILLIAM HORMELL
Superintend·ent of Buildings and Grounds
. D EL LA M cCLELLAN
H ousekeeper . . . . .
. ...... .. . .
. . .. . ALONZO FARR
Food Services
.. . ... .. .
for the A. L. Mathias Company
147

The Faculty
MICHAE L DUDA

(1956)

President
A.B. 1 St. Vincent Colle!!'e; M .Ed. , University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., University of
Pittsburgh; LL.D. , St. Vincent College
PROFESSORS

ASA

H.

ANDERSON (

1956)

Pro fesso r of Biology
A.B., Salem College; M .A. , West Virginia University; Ph .D. , West Virginia U niversity

(1960)

SYDNEY C. BAUSOR

Professor of Biology
A.A., Columbia College; M.A., Columbia College; Ph.D ., Columbia College
GABRIEL P. BETZ (

1955)

Professor of Geograp hy
H ead of th e Geography D epartm ent
D irector of L iberal Arts
B.S., University of Illinois ; M .S., University of Illinois; D.S .S., Syracuse University

H.

WILLIAM

Bos (

1963)

Professor of Sp eech
H ead of Speech Department
A.B. , Wheaton College; A. M ., Washington University; B.D ., Western Theological
Seminary; Ph.D., University of Michigan
MERRILL G. CAMPBELL

(1948 )

Professo r o f Industrial Arts
B.S. , Califo rnia Sta te T eachers College; M.Ed., Uni versity of Pittsburgh ; Ed .D .,
University of Pittsburgh

M.

ARTHUR

COON

(

1960)

Professor of Eng/isl,
H ead of English Departmrnt
A.B., Cornell University; M.A., University of Michigan ; Ph.D., Cornell University
SHRIVER L . CoovER

(1930)

Pro fessor of Indu strial Arts Edu cation
H ead of th e Indu strial Arts D epartment
B.S. , Geneva College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D ., University of Pittsburgh
LESLIE E. CROWLEY

(

1955)

Professor of Education
A.B. , University of South Carolina ; M.Ed. University of South Carolina; Ed.D .,
Geo rge Peabody College for T eachers

NED

CULLER

(1961)

Professor of E ducation
B.S., Pennsylvania Sta te University ; M .Ed., P ennsylva nia State University; Ed.D .,
University of Pittsburgh
RO BERT

T.

FISHER

(1961)

Profess or of Philosoph~
B.S. , Wayne State University ; M .Ed. , Wayne State University; Ed .D ., Mich igan
Sta te University

w.

K ARL
GAMBLE (1961 )
Professor o f Edu cation

B.S. , California State College; M.Ed., University of Pi ttsbu rgh; Ed.D., University
of Pittsburgh
ALBERT BROWNI N G H ALLEY

(

1960 )

Professor of M odern Languages
A.B., Marshall Unive rsi ty; M.A. , Harvard University; M .A., Uni versity of Michigan ;
Ph.D., University of Cincinna ti

148

GEORGE

s. HART

(1938)

Professor of Social Studies
H ead of the So cial Swdies Department
A.B.b Oniversity of Pittsburgh ; M .A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of
Pitts urgh
ARTHUR G . H ENRY

( 1958 )

P,·ofesso r of Education
H ead of th e Atypical Education D epartment
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D ., Unive rsity of
Pittsburgh

F. HoYE s (1946)

J ACK

01

Professor
Education
Director o Audio -Visual Edu cation

B.S. , California State T eachers College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D .,
Unive rsity of Pittsburgh

R.

PHIL

J ACK (

1955)

Prof essor of So cial Studies
A.B. , Pennsr lvania State University; M.A ., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
U niversity o Pittsburgh

C.

HAROLD

JO NES

( 1960)

Professor of Edu cation
B.S. , Ca Wornia State College ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of
Pittsburgh
JOH N W. KELLER (

1956)

Professo r of Social Studies
A.B., H eidelberg College; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Ohio State University
H AROLD E. K EMPER (1955)
Professo r of Education
D irector of A dmissions an d R egistrar

B.S. , Geneva College; M .Ed., Uni versity of Pittsburgh; Ph .D ., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
VINCENT F . LA C K N ER

(1962)

Professo r of Education
B.S ., St. Vincent College; M .A., University of T oronto ; Ph.D ., University of T oronto
GASTO N L EBO!$

(1 955 )

Professo r of Industrial Arts
B.S. , Pennsylvania Sta te Uni versity; M.Ed. , Pennsylvania State University ; Ph. D .,
University of Pittsburgh
J OHN

A.

LO N G, JR.

( 1963)

Professo r of Education
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M .S. , Bucknell University; Ed .D ., Pennsylvania
State University
MI NOR.

w.

MAJOR

(1956)

Professor of English
A.B. , Washington University; M.A. , University of Kansas; Ph.D., University of
Colorado
WILBUR MARISA ( 1960)
Pro fessor of Languages

A.ll., Waynesburg College, B. F.T. , American Institute for F oreign T radebPhoenix,
Arizonai Diploma of Graduate Studies, University of Madrid. D octcur 'L' Universite cte Paris (L eave of absence to West Chester Collei;e)

HARRY

B.

MILLER

(

1963)

Professor of R eading
B.S., California State College; M .Ed., Univer sity of Pittsburgh ; D .Ed., University of
Pittsbu rgh
MACY

B.

MOREE (

i962)

Pro fesso r of Sp eech and H earing
B.S. , Central Missouri State College; M .A. , University of Denver; Ph .D ., University
of D enver
FRANK M. NAYLO R. ( 1956)
Professor o{. Education

B.S. , Cali ornia State T eachers College; M .Ed. , University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D .,
University of Pittsburgh

STEPHE N E. P AVLA K (1954)
Professor
Education
Direc to r o Placeme nt and Direc tor o f Graduate Studies

01

B.S. , California State T eachers College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D .,
Uni versity of Pittsburgh

149

I

JAMES S. PORTER (

1955)

Professor of Education

B.S., Grove City College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., University of
Pittsburgh

J. PROUD ( 1962)
Professo r of Edu ca tion
H ea d of Edu catio n Dep artm e nt
B.S., Western Michigan University; M.A., University of Michigan ; Ed .D., T eachers

PHILIP

College, Columbia University
JES SE B . REESE

(1962)

Professor of English
A.13. , University of North Carolina; M .A., Tulane University; Ph.D ., University of
North Carolina

(1946)

GEORGE H. RoADMAN
Dean o f Inst ru ction

Professor of S ocial Studies

B.S., California Sta te College; M.A., Unive rsity of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , Uni versity of
Pittsburgh
MICHA E L F . S ERENE

(

1960 )

Professor of Sci ence

B.S ., Kent State University; M.A., Kent State University; Ed.D ., Uni versity of
Pi ttsburgh

J.

I RVIN
SHUTSY ( 1948 )
Professor
l ndustrial Arts

01

Director o Stud ent Tea ching

B.S., California S ta te Teachers College; M.Ed ., Uni versity of Pittsburgh; Ed.D. ,
University of Pittsburgh

K.

FIFE STERRETT (

1955)

Professor of Educatio n

B.S. , Ge neva College ; M.A. , Pennsylvania State University; Ph. D ., University of
Pittsburgh

R. WOLFE ( 1947)
P,ofessor
Social Studies
D irect or o Guidan ce

MALVERNE

01

B.S., Slippery Rock State T eachers College; M .A., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
O LGA A. ANDER SEN (

1961)

Associat e Professo r of Education

B.A., Nebraska Wesleya n Unive rsity; M.A. , University o[ Nebraska
FREDE RICK E. ATKINS

(1946)

Assoc iate Professor of Math ematics
B.S., Columbia Uni versity; M.A., Columbia University
MIT CHELL M. BAILE Y ( I 959)
A ssocia te Professo r of B iology

B.S., California State College; M .Ed., Rutgers University
NELLIE R. BALIKER ( 1956 )
Associate Professo r of Edu cation

A.B ., Fairmont State College ; M.A., West Virginia University

J.

AUGUST
BETH EM ( 1961)
Associate Professor o] Mathematics

B.A., Washin11ton a nd J efferson College; M .A ., Washington and J efferson College;
M.S., University of Illinois
Rr cHARD M. BmcH

(1957)

Associate Professor of I ndustrial Arts

D.S ., California Sta te Teache rs College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University

L . BLO EMKE R ( 1962)
Associate Professo r of English

VERNON

B.A. , Midland College (N ebraska); M.A. , University of Nebraska

J.

H ERSCHE L BOWLE N ( 1946)
Associ at e Professor of Spee ch and Hearing

A.B. , West Virginia Univers ity ; M.A., Columbia University
RALPH C . BROWN

(1961)

Associate Professor of Geography

B.A., University of Buffalo ; M.A., University of Buffalo

150

WILLIAM

H.

BUELL

(1962)

Associate Professor of B iology
B.S., California State College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD F. CASSIDY (1960)
Associate Professor o/ English

A .B. 1 St. Louis University; M.A., Marquette University
RALPH F . CHARNEY (1946)
A ssoc ia te Professor o/ Indu strial Arts

B.S., California State T eachers College; M .Ed., University of Pittsburgh
M ERLE 0 . COVELL ( 1956)
Associate Professor of Education

Direct or of Elem entary C urric ulum

B.S. , Kansas State Teachers College; M.S. , Ka nsas State Teache rs College
MARY R . DE CARLO
Associa te Professo r

(1954)

o/ Educa t io n

B.S., California State T eachers College ; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
A NGUS H . DouPLE

(1946)

Associate Professo r of Fin e Arts
H cad of th e Fin e Arts Department
B.S., Kutz town State Teacher> College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University

L. DU NBAR (1962)
A ssociat e Pro fessor of Math ematics

DAVID

B.A. , Washing ton and Jefferson College; M .S., University of Pittsburgh
MARY DUNN (1963)
Associa te Pro{esso r o f Elem entary Edu cat ion
B.A., Pcnnsy vania State University; M .A. Pennsylvania State Unive rsity; Ed.D., Uni-

versity of Pittsburgh
J . CALVI N FLEMI N G ( 1948)
Associate Professo r of Scien ce

A.B., College of Wooster; M.Litt., University of Pennsylvania
PAULI NE H. GLOD (1959)
Associate P rofesso r o f El em entary Edu cation

B.S. , Waynesburg College; M.Ed., West Virginia Uni versity
L ELA

T.

HAMILTON (

1952)

A ssocia te Professor of Education
D ean of Women
A.B., Davis-Elkins College; M.A., Columbia University
WILLIAM D . H E PNER (1956)
A ssociat e Professor of Social Studies

B.S ., California State College; M.A. , University of West Virginia

J.

EUGE NE
H E STER (1946)
Asso ciate Professor o f H ealth and Ph ysical Edu catio n

H ea d of H ealth an d Ph ysical Ed1tcation D epartm ent
B.S. , West Virg infa University; M .S. , Wes t Virginia University
WILLIAM B. KA NIA ( 1961 )
A ssoc iat e Pro fessor of Social Studies

B.S. , West Virginia Unive rsity; M.B .A., University of Pittsburgh
!SABELLA R. KING (1956)
A ssoc ia te Professor o/ Edu cation
A ssis tan t D ean of 1¥ om en

A.B., Otterbein College ; M .Ed., Pennsylva nia Sta te Universi ty
NORMA E. L ANGHA M

(1959)

Associate Pro fessor of Speecl, Arts
B.S., Ohio State University; M.A. , Stanford University; B.T.A., College of Theater
Arts
JOSEPH$ . LECH NAR

(1961)

A ssociate Professor o/ Social Studies
A.B., St. Vincent College; A.M., Notre Dame University
JOHN F. LEWIS ( 1945)
Associa te Professor o f Science

H ead of the S cience D epartment
B.S., Susquehanna University; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh

151

F.

KARL

LIMBACHER.

(1961)

Associate Professor o/ English
B.Ed. , New York State Teachers College; M.S., Albany State Teachers College
WILLIAM R . LISTER. ~963)
Associate Professor o Biology

B.S., University of
ode Island; M .Ed., University of Rhode Island; M.S., University of Rhode Island; Ed.D ., Boston University
VmGINA E . LUCKHARDT (
Associate Professor
Librarian

1949 )

A.B., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.L.S., Carnegie
Institute of T ech nology
JoH N C. McCRORY ( 1958)
Associate Professor oJ Industrial Arts

B.S. , California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ScoTT W . McDONALD /

1963 )

Associate Professor of ?sychology
B.S. , Oklahoma State Unive rsity ; M.S. , Oklahoma State University
LAWRE NCE

H.

( 1955)

MADDOCK

Associate Professor of English
A.B., George Peabody College; M.A., University of Southern California
ADAK. MARSH (1945)
Associate Professo r of Ele m en tary Education

B.S., California State T eachers College; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
SCHUYLER. C. MARSHALL (

1958)

Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S. , California State Teachers College; M .Ed., Pennsylva nia State University
D EXT ER. MARTIN

(

1961)

Associate Professor of English
B.A., Dar tmouth College; M.A. , University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT C . MATZE N (

1962)

Associate Professor of Science
B.S. , University of Pittsburgh; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
HARRY L . MONROE (

1946)

Associat e Professor of Matit ema tics
H ead of the Mathematics D epartment
B.S ., Grove City College; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh
THEODORE

J.

NEMETH (

1946)

A ssociate Professor of Healt h and Physical Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University

ALEX NEWELL (1958)
Associate Professo r of English
A.B., University of Pittsburgh; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh
ALLEN

G.

NOBLE

(1963)

Associate Professor of Geog ra phy
B.A. , Utica College of Syracuse University; M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D .,
University of Illinois
JAMES W . NORMAN

(1961)

Associate Professo r of Social Studies
B.S., California State College; M .A., University of Pittsburgh
MARY CATHERINE O'BRIE N ( 1960)
Associate Professor of Psychology

B .Ed. , Duquesne University; M .A. , West Virginia University
LOUIS

E.

RAKESTRAW /

1946)

AsJociate Professor of English
A.B. , Bucknell University; M.A., Bucknell University
CONNIE MACK REA ( 1963)

Associate Professor o f English
B.S., Centenary College; B.A;.i Centenary College ; M.Ed., University of Colorado;
M.A., University of Southern valifornia

w.

KRYL
RICHARDS (1 961)
Associate Professo r of Education

A.B., Allegheny College; M.A., University of Chicago

152

DO NA LD

R.

SAPKO

(1961)

Associate Professor of Math ematics
B.S. , California State College; M .L ., University of Pittsburgh
ANDREW SEPSt ( 1950)
Associate P rofesso r o/ Science

A.B., Waynesburg College; M .A., West Virginia University

REors

J . SERINKO (1961)
Associa te Professo r of Sci ence

B.S., St. Vincent College; M .S., West Virginia Universi ty; M.Ed ., University of
Pittsburgh
ANTHONY T . STAVASKI

(1935)

Associate Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S., Fitchburg State T eachers College; M .Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN R . SWEARINGEN

( 1955)

Associate Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S. , California State College; M.A. , University of Maryland
P AUL N. WALKER ( 1930)
D ean of Administ ra tive Affairs
Associate Professor of Science
D irect or of Seco ndary Curriculum

B.S ., Bucknell University; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
JOH N P. WATKINS

(1957)

Associate Professor of English
B.S., California State T each ers College; M .A., West Virginia University
ALLEN G . WELSH /1959)
Dean of Student Affairs & Services
Associate Professor of Education

B.S., California Sta te T each ers College; M.A. , West Virgi nia University
EDWARD Z ADOROZNY (1962)
Associate Professor o/ B iol ogy

B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., University of Pittsburgh

G E ORGE Z EMO, JR.

(1958 )

Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., California State T eachers College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
LOTTIE Y. ALTO ( 1957)
A ssistant Professor o f Elementary Education

B.S., California State Teachers College; M .L.S., Carnegie Institute of T echnology
RoY

F.

ANDERS ON

(1959)

A ssistant Professor of bidustrial Arts
B.S., California State Teachers College ; M .E d. , University of Pittsburgh
RUTHE . BARRY (1962)
Assistant Professor o f Elementar1 Education

B.S. , Indiana State College; M.Ed. , Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM C . BERMAN

(1963)

A ssistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., Ohio State University; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
JOH N A. BEYER (19631
A ss istant Professor o f . at ~ema tics

B.Ed. , Duquesne Vmversity; M.Ed. , Duquesne University; M.Math., Universi ty of
South Carolina

JOH N B ITONTI, J R . (1962)
A ssistant Professor o f Sp eec h and H earing

B.S., California State College ; M.A., West Virginia University
CHARLES A. BUTLER (1961)
Assistant Professor o f Education

B.Ed., D uquesne University; M.A ., Columbia University

153

All.THUR, T. GAIR.NS ( 1963)
Assistant Professor o/ Education

B.S., California Sta te College; M .Ed., Duquesne University
D. ELAINE CAR.USO (1961 )
Assista nt Professor, Scien ce Librarian

B.S ., California Sta te College; M .L.S. , Carnegie Insti tute of Technology
LEONAR.D M . COLELLI

(1958 )

Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
B.S., Indiana State Teache rs College; M .Ed., Boston Universi ty

B.

PAUL

(1963)

CONDON

A ssistant Professor of Psyc hology
B.A., Park College; M.A., Boston University

J. RoBER.T

CR.Aro

(1957 )

Assistant Professor of Science
B.S. , West Virginia Wesleyan; M .L itt., University of Pittsburgh

ROSE

M.

DALAIDI (

195 7)

Assistant Professo r of Elementary Edu cation
B.S ., California Sta te Teachers College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ER.VIN A . D ENNIS

(196 2)

Assistant Professsor of I ndustrial Arts
B.A., Colorado State College; M .A., Colorado Stale College
JO SEPH Doc HI N EZ (1961)
Dir ector o f S tu de nt A ct ivities
Assistant Professo r of Edu.cation

B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Uni versity of Pittsburgh

WILLIAM Do vENSP IKE ( 1955 )
Assistant Professo r of Fi ne Arts

B.S ., Indiana Sta te T eachers College; M .Ed. , Pennsylvania State University

ROGER. C . EMELSON ( 1961)
Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatics

B.A. , Beloit College ; M.F.A., Carnegie Institute of T echnology
A N DY E . FABIAN (

1960)

Assistant Professor of Speech
B.S. , California Sta te College; M .A. , O hio Uni versity
ANTONIO J. FERNA N DES (

1961)

A ssistant Professor of Mathematics

A.B. , West Virginia University; M .S., West Virginia University
JOSEPH J . GRAU ( 1963 )
Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Ca thedral College; M.A., Fordham University; Ph. D ., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
ROBERT H . GRIM ES ( 1961)
A ssis tant P rofesso r o/ English

A. B., West Virgi nia University; M.A., West Virginia University
CLYDE M . H ARTM AN (1947 )
A JSista nt P rofesso r of S cie nce

B.S., Universi ty of Pittsburgh; M .Ed. , University of Pittsburgh

.J.

FRAN CIS
HERRON ( 1960 )
A ssistant Professor o f Elementary Educa tion

B.S., California Sta te College; M .Ed., Universi ty of Pittsburgh
M E RRELL

E.

HOLMAN

(

194 7)

Assista11t Professor of El em entary Edu cation
D irector, Laboratory S chool
Il.S., California Sta te Teache rs College; M .Ed., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
AAR.ON

J.

HOOVER

(1936)

Amsta11t Professor of I ndustrial Arts
B.S., California Sta te Teache.rs College; M .Ed., University of Pittsburgh
RosE G . HUGHES (1938)
A ssist an t Professor of Ele mentary Educatio n

B.S., California State T eachers College ; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS L. HUGHES (

1961)

Assistant Professor of El em entary Education
B.S., Slippery Rock Sta te College; M.Ed. , Unive rsity of Pittsburgh

154

(1928)

C . MART HUGHEY

Assistant Professo r of English

A.B ., Ohio University; M.A. , Ohio State University
RoGER R. KEIGHTLEY (

1963)

A ssistant Professo r of In dustrial A rts
B.S ., California State College; M .A., West Virginia University
P A UL

L.

KENDALL (

1963)

Assistan t Pro fesso r of Geograp h y
B.S. , Miami University; M.A., Miami University
GARY

w. KENNEDY (1962)

Assistant Professo r of Elementary Education
D.S., California State College ; M.Ed., West Virginia University
KADE Kos ( 1961 )
Assistant Professor, Edu cation Librarian

B.S ., Clarion S tate College; M.S.L.S ., Syracuse Uni versity

F.

WALLACE

(196 1)

KoTo ucH

Assistant Professor of Frne Arts
B.S. , K ent State University; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh

J.

J OSEPH

KULIK OWS KI

( 1962 )

Assistan t Professor of Eleme ntary Education
B.S. , California tate College ; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh
STEPHEN L EVENDO S (

1961)

Assistant Professo r of Psyc hology _
A.B., University o f Pittsbui·gh ; M .S., Illinois State Normal University
A uus

0.

LI N D

( 1962)

Assistan t Professo r of Geograph y

B .A., Augustana College; M.A., Southern Illinois Uni versity
ARTH U R L. LO NG, JR . (

1963)

Assistant Professor of French
B.A. , U niversity of Oklah oma ; M.A., University of Oklahoma; M.L.S., University
of Oklah oma
L AMBERT W. M c CLO s KEY (

1959)

Assistant Professor of Science
D.S., University of Pittsburgh; M .S., Universi ty of Pittsburgh
J ANICE

L.

McCON NE LL

Assistan t Professo r of H ealth and Ph1_sical Educa tio n
Il.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .P.E., University of Washington
ELM O NATALI

(1962)

Assistant Professor of Education
D.S., California State College; M .A., West Virginia University
D ORIS E . NEVIN ( 1962)
A ssis ta nt Pro fessor of H ealth and Physical Educa tion

D.S. , Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed. , Universi ty of Pittsburgh
G EORGE D . NOVAK (

1959)

Ass-islant Professor of Science
B .S. , California S ta te T eachers College; M .Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WILLI AM

J.

RAMPO N

(

1961)

Assistant Professor of Geography

B.A. , Indiana State College; M.A., University of Oklahoma

NORMA N ROS EN FELD (

1961)

Assistant Professo r of English
D.S. , California State College; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh
PAULE . Ross

(1957)

A ssistant Professor of H ealth and Physical Educat io n

B.S ., California State T eachers College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh

G.

ELEA NOR ROWE

( 1959)

.Assistant Pro/essor1 Assistant Librarian

A.B., West Virgima Institute of Technology; M.A. , George Peabody College

LEONARD

J.

SIEGEL (

1960)

A ssistant Professo r of Soc,al Studies
A.B. , Western Reserve University; M.A., Western Reserve University; Ph.D ., West•
crn R eserve Uni versity

155

EDWARD

J.

SIKORA

(1955)

Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S., California State Teachers College; M.Ed. , Universi ty of Pittsburgh
ALEXANDER R. SMOYER (

1946)

Assistant Professor of Industrial A rts
B.S., California State Teachers College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
HUBERT E . S N YDER (1949)
Assistant Pro{,essor of Science

B.S., Pennsy vania State University; M.S ., Pennsylvania State University
VETOLD

w.

SPORNY (

1963)

Assistant Professor of Fine A rts
B.S. , Duquesne University; M.S., Duquesne University
RAYMO N DE. SWEENEY

(1963)

Assistant Professor of H ealth and Science
B.S., I thaca College; D.O., D es Moines College

( 1961 )

JOHN H . WALSH

Assistant Professor of Philosop hy
B .A., Duquesne University; M.A., D uquesne University
MYLES B . WIT CHEY

~1962 )

Assista nt Professor o H ealth and Physical Education
A.B., West Liberty tale College; M.A., West Virginia University
ROBERT L . ZOPP ETTI ( 1961 )
Assistant Professor of Science

B.S. , California Sta te College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania Stale Unive rsity

I

STRUCTORS

ROB ERT ALD S TADT (1963)
I nstructor of Education

A.B., Gettysburg College; M .Ed., University of Delaware
ARTHUR BUR NE TT

/ 1963)

I nstructor of English
A.B., University of Illinois; M .A., State University of Iowa
CORA COO VE R (1951)
I nstruct or oJ English

Il .Litt. , Northwestern University
STA NLE Y T . Gooo J ( 1963)
Assistant D ean of Men

fostructor of English
A.B., Villanova University; M.A., Pennsylvania State Universi ty
JAY

D.

H ELSEL

(196 1)

Instructor of In dustrial Arts
B.S., California State College
N ocm1A LEYTE - VIDAL

(1963)

Instructor in Spa ,iish
D.R. in Pedagogy, University of H avana
THOMAS R. PETRICK (1963)
I nstructor of Science

B.S. , California State College; M.S., Syracuse University
MARIAN W EAVER

( 1953)

Instructor of Elementary Education
B.S., California State T eachers College
LOLA M. WILLETT

(1961)

Instru ctor of Elementary Educati on
B.S., California Sta te College
HENRIETTA M . WooD (1959 )
In structo r of Fine Arts

B.S ., Edinboro State College

156

PART-TIME INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
RALPH

w. THOMAS

( 1962)

Pro fessor of 1Wa the matics

B.S;,,. Wash.ington and J efferson College; M.S., Washington a nd J efferson College;
Ph.u., University of Pittsburgh

EDWARD FEAR (1961)
Assistant Professor of S ocial Studies
B.S., California State College; M .L.L ., University of Pittsburgh
MARY T EMPERO ( 1954)
Assistant Professor o f Educa tion

B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed. , Duquesne University

J ACQUELINE HARDY (1 963)
Instructor of Library

B.S ., California State College

EMERITI

. 1930-1945

ELLA E. BERNS TORF, A.B., A.M .
D ean of Wom en

0. RAY BONTRAGER, A.B., M .A., Ph.D .

. 1936-1962

Professor of Education

H ENRIETTA CARROLL, A.B., A.M.

. . 1926-1957

Associate Pro f esso r of En!!l ish

THOMAS M . GILLAND, A.B., M .A., Ph.D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. .. 1931-1956

D irector of Noss Laboratory School, Director of Student T eaching

NANCY WATERS GRIM ES, A.B.,M.A ........ . . . ... . 1928-1935; 1946-1956
Associate Professor of G eograp hy

EDWIN E. HALS TEAD, B.S., M.A . ... . . . . .... . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . .. 1924-1958
Assistant Professor of Mu sic

. . . 1927-1958

GEORGE E . HARDING, A.B., M .A.
Associate Professor of Geograp hy

. 1926-1954

BETSEY M. HAZEN, A.B.,M.A.
Assistant Pro fesso r of Art

L OUISE HILDRETH, B.S:,_ M.A. . .... . . . .. . . .. . . . .

. ... .. . . 1926-1962

Associate Pro fessor of H ealth and Physical Education

I SAAC C. KELLER, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor of English

M ARY C . K ING, B.S. , M .Ed. . .. . .... . .

. 1924-1952
. .... 1932-1955

Assistant Professor of Eleme ntary Edu cat io n

FRANK

w.

. 1947-1963

LEN OX,

Dean of M en

.. 1928-1957

EMMA SACCO, B.S., A.M. . ... . . .
Associate Professor of So cial Stu dies

DOROTHY K . SALISBURY, A.B., B.L.S., M.A . .... .. .. .

.1929-1941

Assistant Professor of Library

E LON G . SALISBURY, B.S., A.M., Ph.D .. . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . .... 1930-1 943
Professor of Math ematics

HAROLD

w.

TRAISTER, B.S., A.M., Ed.D . ... ... .... . . . ... .. .. 1947-1957

Professo r of Edu cation

CLAIR B. WILSON, B.S., A.M . . ..... . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... .. . . 1926-1956
Associate Professor of Psyc hology

157

SECRETARIAL AND CLERICAL STAFF
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDE N T

. Secretary

Irene Oldham . . .. . .. .. . . .. . . . . . .
OFFICE OF THE D EAN OF I NS TRUCTIO N

Lucille Rapchak ... . . . . .... .. .. . .. . .... .. . . .. . .... .. .. Secretary
Judy Coop er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. ... .. . Clerk Stenographer
OFFICE OF THE D E AN OF ME N AN D DEA N OF WOM EN

Dorothy Young .... .. .. . .. . .

. Secretary

OFFICE OF T H E DIRE CTOR OF AoMISSIO NS AN D R E GI S TRAR

Mary Hahn
................
..........
. Secretary
D onna Basista . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. ... Assistant Secretary
Molly Ann Sacks . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. Tra nscript Clerk
Carol Pagac . . .... . . .. . . . . . . . ...... . ... .. .. .. .... R ecords Clerk
Linda K. Stark .. . . . . . .... . .. . ..... .. .. ... .. . ..... . Clerk Typist
Marjorie Ferris ...... . . . . .... Stenographic and Duplica ting Services
Ai a Sm i .
...... ..........
. . . .. . .. Switchboard Operator
ay R obert .. . . .. . .... . . . ... . ... . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . R ecords Clerk
PLAC ~

OFF I CE

. Secretary
. Assistant Secretary

Lorraine Musser ..... . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . .... .
Janet L orenzo .. .. . . . . .. . .... . . . .. ... . . ... .
EDU CATIO N A N D E N GLIS H D E PARTME N T

Doro thy E . M alarkey

...... . .... .

. .... Secretary

GUIDA N CE, ST U DEN T TEAC HI N G AND CURRICUL U M CE N TER

Doro thy A, Litavec . .. . . . ... . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. .. . .. .
Nancy J. M cCormick . ..... .. ... .. . .. . . . . .

. Secretary
. Secretary

INDU S TRIAL ART S DEPARTME N T

Dorothy Valla .. . . . .. .. .. .......... ... . . . . .

. .. Secretary

SCIE N CE AND MATH E M ATICS DAPARTME N T

K a thryn K eck . . . . ... . .... .. . .. . . . ..... . . .

. . . Secretary

BUSINESS OFFICE

Elma G. H epler .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . ... . . . . . . .. Accounting
Margare t Rusak . . . . . . .
. . . . .. .. .. . . .. Accoun ting
Jane E . J ones .
. . . . . . ... . . .. .. . . . .. . Accoun ting
Ruth Underwood
........ ......
. . . Accounting
Denise M . H odgson
.. . .. .... . . .. . .. . . ... . Accoun ti ng
Ann Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . Accounting
Katherine Lee Garletts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . Accounting

Assistant
Assistant
Assistant
Assistant
Assistant
Assistant
Assistant

LIBRARY

Dorothy R eichard
Lillian Piribek . . .. .
Elizabeth R ae
Nancy L. Kisinger

. .. ... . .. . .... . . . . . Library Assistant
........ ........ ...... .
. .. ... Secretary
. . . . . .. Clerk Typist
. .. Library Assistant

STUDE NT A CTIVITIES A ss OCIATIO N, I N CORP OR AT E D

Joanne D em czyk
Katherine Burger
T . Leland Moore
Mary Elaine Cushma
Thelma N elson

. . Secretary
.. ... . . .... M anager of College Book Store
. Accountant for Student Activities Association
. Clerk
. ...... . . . . .... . . . . . .. . . . . . Clerk

Noss LAB ORATO RY S c HOOL

Jeanne Vella

.. . . . .. . . .. Secretary

I.B.M. OFFICE
William K ovalak . .. . . . . . . .
Betty J. Debreczeni .. . . . .. .

. . . I.B.M. Supervisor
. Key Punch Operator

158

-----....._
___J

VIII. Index
Page

Page

Accreditation .. .... .
2
Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . 147
Admission Procedures . . . . . . . . . 30
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . 35
Advanced Standing Program ... 137
Advisory System
136
Areas of Specialization :
Atypical .. .. . .. ... . . .. . . . 49, 50
Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7
Board of Trustees
146

Philosophy
Psychology
Science ... .. . .

Citizenship R equirements

128

109
110
111
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Speech and H earing . . . . . . . . 124
Credits
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Advanced Standing ........ . 130
Correspondence
130
Evaluations
129
Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Normal School ....... .. .... 129
Curriculums, Outline of . . . . . . . 47
Atypical ...... .. ......... 49, 50
Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Industrial Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Classifi cation of Students

131

D egrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45

Course Offerings:
78
Arts
Education . .. ...... ... . . .. . 81
89
English
Geography and Earth Science . 91
H ealth and Physical Education 96
Highway Safety . . .. . . . .... . 97
Industrial Arts .... . . . . . ... . 98
Library for Elementary
Teachers .... .
85
Mathematics ... . .
103
Modern Language
105

Delinquent Accounts . . . . . . . . . .

38

Calendar:
1963-1964 . ..... Inside front cover
Campus Plan .. .. .. ..... . See Insert
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

D epartment of Public Instruction 146
Dental H ygienists

65

Expenses:
Activity
Curriculum Fee .. .. . . .. . . . .
Damage .............. .. . .
D egree .. . .......... .. ... .
Enrollment .. . . ........ . . . .
Infirmary . .............. . .
Late R egistration .... ... ... .
Out-of-State Students ..... . .
159

37
41
38
38
36
38
37
37

Page

Page

Room and Board .... . . .
36
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Transcript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Evaluation of Credits .. . . . .. . . 129
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Placement Service . . .
144
Professional Laboratory
Experiences .. . . . .... . . . .. . 137
Programs of Study .. . ... . ... . 45
Public School Nursing
66
Quality Point System . . . . . . . . . 133

Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Grade Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Graduation Requirements,
Summary of . ...... . .. ... . . 140
Health Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Highway Safety and
Driver Education . . . . . . . . . . . 74

R efunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R esidence R equirements . . . . . . .
Saturday and Evening Programs
Scholarship and Academic
Standards ..... . ..... . .. . ..
Secretarial and
Clerical Staff ...
State Board of Education . . . . . .
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . .

History of the College . . . . . . . . .
6
Honor Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Honors .. ..... . ... . . .. ...... 142
Housing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Community Accommodations . 19
Dormitories for Men . . . . . . . 18
Dormitories for Women
18
Dining Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
National D efense Loan . . . . . . . . 42
Objectives of the College . . . . . .
9
Out-of-State Students . . . . . . . . . 33
Part-time College Study for
High School Students . . . . .
34

39
128
136
133
158
146
26
43
139
136

Student T eaching
Summer Session
The College :
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Campus and Buildings . . . . . . 13
Transcripts of Credits . . . . . . . . . 130
Transfers from other Colleges . . 32
Withdrawals .. .. . .......... . . 131

160

For Information ...
Address inquiries to:
... Official I nformation
THE PRESIDENT

... Academic Information
THE DEAN OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

... Administrative Affairs and S ervices
THE DEAN OF ADMINISTRATIVE AFFAIRS

... Financial Information

I

THE BUSINESS MANAGER

(
I

.. . Admission and Academic R ecords
THE REGISTRAR

... Student Affairs and Services
THE D E AN OF STUDENT AFFAIRS

.. . Housing
THE DEAN OF MEN OR

w OMEN

... Graduate Studies
THE DIRECTOR OF GRADUATE STUDIES

IMPORTANT BUSINESS BY APPOINTMENT